Linksys PAP2T, SPA2102, SPA3102, SPA8000, AG310 Analog Telephone Adapter, RTP300 IP Router, WRP400, WRTP54G, WAG54GP2 Wireless-G IP Router Administration Guide
Below you will find brief information for PAP2T, SPA2102, SPA3102, SPA8000, AG310, RTP300, WRP400, WRTP54G, WAG54GP2. These devices can connect analog telephones to an IP network via a broadband (DSL or cable) modem or router, allowing you to make and receive calls over the internet. The devices support a variety of features, including call waiting, call forwarding, and conference calling. All models support multiple voice codecs, allowing you to make clear calls even with limited bandwidth. Certain models also include built-in routers for additional network connectivity.
advertisement
Assistant Bot
Need help? Our chatbot has already read the manual and is ready to assist you. Feel free to ask any questions about the device, but providing details will make the conversation more productive.
Linksys
ATA Administration Guide
ADMINISTRATION
GUIDE
Linksys ATA Administration Guide
Copyright ©2008 Cisco Systems, Inc. All rights reserved.Specifications are subject to change without notice. Linksys is a registered trademark or trademark of Cisco Systems,
Inc. and/or its affiliates in the U.S. and certain other countries. Other brands and product names are trademarks or registered trademarks of their respective holders.
Table of Contents
1
About This Guide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
How This Document is Organized
Finding Information in Your PDF Documents
2
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters . . . . . . . . . . 5
Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements
Other Linksys ATA Software Features
3
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 17
Basic Services and Equipment Required
Basic Installation and Configuration
Upgrading the Firmware for the Linksys ATA Device
Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device
Using the Web Configuration Utility
Connecting to the Web Configuration Utility
Setting Up the WAN Configuration for Your Linksys ATA Device
Registering to the Service Provider
Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys ATA Device
4
Configuring Linksys ATA Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
Interdigit Timer Master Override
Linksys ATA Administration Guide iii
Table of Contents
Interdigit Long and Short Timer
Configuring a Streaming Audio Server
Using a Streaming Audio Server
Using the IVR with an SAS Line
SAS Line Registered with the Proxy Server
SAS Line Not Registered with the Proxy Server
Configuring the Streaming Audio Server
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
Simple Traversal of UDP Through NAT
Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation
5
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102) . . . 46
Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services 46
Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN
Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN Lines
PSTN to VoIP Call with and Without Ring-Thru
VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without Authentication
Using HTTP Digest Authentication
Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway
Forward-On-No-Answer to the PSTN Gateway
Linksys ATA Administration Guide iv
Table of Contents
Forward-All to the PSTN gateway
Forward to a Particular PSTN Number
Forward-On-Busy to PSTN Gateway or Number
Forward-Selective to PSTN Gateway or Number
User Dialing 9 to Access PSTN-Gateway for Local Calls
Using the PSTN-Gateway for 311 and 911 Calls
Auto-Fallback to the PSTN-Gateway
6
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
7
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
PSTN Line Status (AG310 and SPA3102)
Internet Connection Type (PAP2T)
Optional Network Configuration (PAP2T)
Miscellaneous Settings (not used with PAP2T)
Linksys ATA Administration Guide v
Distinctive Call Waiting Tone Patterns
Distinctive Ring/CWT Pattern Names
Ring and Call Waiting Tone Spec
Vertical Service Activation Codes
Vertical Service Announcement Codes (SPA2102)
Outbound Call Codec Selection Codes
Supplementary Service Subscription
Gateway Accounts (SPA3102/AG310)
VoIP Fallback to PSTN (SPA3102/AG310)
FXS Port Polarity Configuration
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
VoIP Users and Passwords (HTTP Authentication)
International Control (Settings)
Selective Call Forward Settings
Supplementary Service Settings
PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
PSTN-To-VoIP Selective Call Forward Settings
PSTN-To-VoIP Speed Dial Settings
PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Distinctive Ring Settings
Linksys ATA Administration Guide
Table of Contents
vi
Table of Contents
PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Ring Settings 128
8
Troubleshooting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ 129
A
Environmental Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1
B
Warranty Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 5
C
Regulatory Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7
Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement 7
EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe) 8
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste
Electric and Electronic Equipment (WEEE) 8
D
Safety Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 15
Meaning of the Warning Symbol 15
E
Software License Agreement . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 18
Schedule 1 Linksys Software License Agreement
F
Contacts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
Linksys ATA Administration Guide vii
1
About This Guide
Document Audience
About This Guide
The Linksys ATA Administration Guide describes the administration and use of the Linksys
Analog Telephone Adapters (ATAs). It contains the following sections:
•
”Document Audience” section on page 1
•
”Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters” section on page 1
•
”How This Document is Organized” section on page 2
•
”Related Documentation” section on page 3
•
”Finding Information in Your PDF Documents” section on page 4
Document Audience
This document is written for the following audiences:
• Service providers offering services using Linksys VoIP products
• VARs and resellers who need configuration information for Linksys VoIP products
• System administrators or anyone who performs Linksys VoIP product installation and administration
NOTE: This guide does not provide the configuration information required by specific service providers. Please consult with the service provider for specific service parameters.
Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
The following Linksys ATA devices are described in this document.
• PAP2T—An analog voice adapter with two FXS ports.
• SPA2102—An analog voice adapter with an RJ-45 ethernet LAN and two FXS connections.
• SPA3102—An analog voice adapter with router providing PSTN connectivity and one
FXS connection.
• SPA8000—An analog voice adapter supporting up to eight FXS connections.
• AG310—A high-speed ADSL2/+ modem with a four-port Ethernet switch. Provides
PSTN connectivity and one FXS connection.
• RTP300—An IP router with two FXS ports along with a built-in four-port switch.
• WRP400—Wireless-G IP router with two FXS ports providing connectivity to an analog telephone as well as Internet connectivity to a LAN with a built-in four-port switch.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 1
About This Guide
How This Document is Organized
• WRTP54G and WAG54GP2—Wireless-G IP router with two FXS ports providing connectivity to an analog telephone as well as Internet connectivity to a LAN with a built-in four-port switch. Also provides QoS support.
How This Document is Organized
This document is divided into the following chapters and appendices.
Chapter
”About This Guide” section on page 1
Chapter 2, "Introducing Linksys
Contents
This chapter describes the document audience, the Linksys ATA devices, and the organization of the ATA Administration Guide.
This chapter introduces the Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters (ATAs) and their software features. It also includes a brief list of basic equipment required.
Chapter 4, "Configuring Linksys
PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)"
Chapter 6, "Linksys ATA Routing
This chapter describes how to download and upgrade your ATA firmware and how to set up your device using the Web Configuration Utility.
This chapter describes how to set a codec, configure a dial plan, implement secure calling, configure a streaming audio server, and manage Caller ID.
This chapter describes how to configure the Linksys SPA3102 and AG310 devices to provide PSTN connectivity.
This chapter lists the function and usage for each field or parameter on the
ATA Routing Web Configuration Utility pages. This chapter is for the
SPA2102, SPA3102, and SPA8000 ATA devices only.
This chapter lists the function and usage for each field or parameter on the
ATA Voice Web Configuration Utility pages.
This chapter provides troubleshooting information.
These appendices provide additional product information.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 2
About This Guide
Related Documentation
Related Documentation
Refer to the following documentation to provide additional information about features and functionality of Linksys ATAs:
• Your Linksys ATA Quick Installation Guide
• Your Linksys ATA User Guide
• SPA Provisioning Guide
The
Linksys ATA Administration Guide
is part of a complete suite of documentation that is available to assist you in using and configuring Linksys devices. The following documents are of special interest to Linksys Voice System administrators.
NOTE: These documents and more are available at Linksys.com
.
Document Title
Linksys Voice System Installation and Configuration Guide
Linksys Phone Administration
Guide
Linksys SPA9x2 Phone User Guide
Linksys Voice System
Administration Guide
Linksys Provisioning Guide
Description
• Network design considerations and site preparation
• Switch configuration
• Initial installation and configuration of the LVS components: SPA9000,
SPA400, SPA900 series IP phones.
• Configuration and management of IP phones
• Deployment options with or without the SPA9000 IP PBX
• SPA9x2 series IP phones
• Phone setup
• Phone features
• SPA9x2 series IP phones
• Administration and configuration of system features using the SPA9000 and SPA400
• Deployment options for ITSP,
PSTN, and ISDN services
• SPA9000, SPA400, SPA900 series phones
• Provisioning LVS components
Intended Audience
VARs and Service Providers
VARs and Service Providers
VARS and phone end-users
VARs and Service Providers
Service Providers only
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 3
About This Guide
Finding Information in Your PDF Documents
Finding Information in Your PDF Documents
The PDF Find/Search tool lets you find information quickly and easily online. You can:
• Search an individual PDF
• Search multiple PDFs at once (for example, all PDFs in a specific folder or disk drive)
• Perform advanced searches
Finding Text in a PDF
By default, the Find toolbar is open. If it has been closed, choose Edit > Find.
Use Find to search for text in an open PDF.
1. Enter your search terms in the Find box on the toolbar.
2. Optionally click the arrow next to the Find text box to refine your search (such as Whole words only).
3. Press Enter. Acrobat jumps to the first instance of the search term. Pressing Enter again continues to more instances of the term.
Finding Text in Multiple PDFs
The Search window lets you search for terms in multiple PDFs. The PDFs do not need to be open. Either:
• Choose Edit > Search or
• Click the arrow next to the Find box and choose Open Full Acrobat Search. The Search window appears
In the Search window:
1. Enter the text you want to find.
2. Choose All PDF Documents in
3. From the drop-down box, choose Browse for Location.
4. Choose the location you want to search, either on your computer or on a network, then click OK.
5. If you want to specify additional search criteria, click Advanced Search Options, and choose the options you want.
6. Click Search.
For more information about the Find and Search functions, see the Adobe Acrobat online help.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 4
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
2
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone
Adapters
This guide describes the administration and use of Linksys analog telephone adapters (ATAs).
Linksys ATA devices are a key element in the end-to-end IP Telephony solution. A Linksys ATA device provides user access to Internet phone services through one or more standard telephone RJ-11 phone ports using standard analog telephone equipment. The Linksys ATA device connects to a wide area IP network, such as the Internet, through a broadband (DSL or cable) modem or router.
Layer 3
IP infrastructure
Voice gateway
PSTN
Telephone/fax
V
Linksys ATA
Ethernet
Broadband CPE
(DSL, cable, fixed wireless)
Broadband
SIP proxy
This chapter introduces the functionality of the Linksys ATA devices and includes the following sections:
•
”Comparison of ATA Devices” section on page 6
•
”Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements” section on page 8
•
”ATA Software Features” section on page 12
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 5
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
Comparison of ATA Devices
Comparison of ATA Devices
The following table summarizes the ports and features provided by the Linksys ATA devices described in this document.
Product
Name
PAP2T
FXS
(Analog
Phone)
2
FXO
PSTN
Connection
—
RJ-45
Internet
(WAN)
RJ-45
Ethernet
(LAN)
1 —
Configurable
Voice Lines
Description
2
SPA2102
SPA3102
SPA8000
RTP300
WRP400
WRTP54G
WAG54GP2
AG310
2
1
8
2
2
1
—
1
—
—
—
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Maintenance only
4
4
1
2
1
8
2
2
1
Voice adapter with two
FXS ports.
Voice adapter with router.
Voice adapter with router and PSTN connectivity.
Voice adapter with support for up to eight
FXS devices.
IP router with two FXS ports. Provides ATA device functionality.
Wireless-G IP router with two FXS ports. Provides
ATA device functionality.
ADSL2+ gateway with
VoIP and PSTN connectivity. Provides
ATA device functionality.
Figure 1 illustrates how the different Linksys ATA devices provide voice connectivity in a VoIP network.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 6
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
Comparison of ATA Devices
Ethernet/Wireless
LAN
Fax (up to 4
SPA8000)
Analog phone
(up to 8 with
SPA8000)
SPA8000,
PAP2T
WRP400, RTP300,
WRTP54G, and
SPA2102
PSTN
Broadband router
DSL/cable modem
WAG54GP2,
AG310
Internet
Broadband router
SPA3102
Ethernet/Wireless
LAN
Ethernet/Wired
LAN
PSTN
Notes on Figure 1:
Figure 1: How Linksys ATAs Provide Voice Connectivity
• The AG310, SPA3102, and WAG54GP2 act as a SIP-PSTN gateway. They provide PSTN connectivity in addition to a single FXS port. In addition, the AG310 and WAG54GP2 provide an ADSL2+ gateway.
• The following routers provide ports for analog telephone devices and provide QoS in the form of priority packet queueing:
• WRP400
• RTP300
• WRTP54G
Each Linksys ATA device is an intelligent low-density Voice over IP (VoIP) gateway that enables carrier-class residential and business IP Telephony services delivered over broadband or high-
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 7
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements
speed Internet connections. Linksys ATA devices maintain the states of all the calls it terminates and makes the proper reaction to user input events (such as on/off hook or hook flash). The
Linksys ATA devices use the Session Initiation Protocol (SIP) open standard so there is little or no involvement by a “middle-man” server or media gateway controller. SIP allows interoperation with all ITSPs supporting SIP.
The response of a Linksys ATA device includes playing a dial tone, collecting DTMF digits and comparing them against a dial plan, or terminating the call.
NOTE: The information contained in this guide is not a warranty from Linksys, a division of
Cisco Systems, Inc. Customers planning to use Linksys ATA devices in a VoIP service deployment are advised to test all functionality they plan to support before putting the Linksys ATA device in service. By implementing Linksys ATA devices with the SIP protocol, intelligent endpoints at the edges of a network perform the bulk of the call processing. This allows the deployment of a large network with thousands of subscribers without complicated, expensive servers.
Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements
A Linksys ATA device can be connected to a local router, or directly to the Internet. Each phone connected to an RJ-11 (analog) port on the Linksys ATA device connects to other devices through SIP, which is transmitted over the IP network.
In order to ensure connectivity between the devices connected to its FXS ports, the Linksys ATA device requires the following functionality to be supplied on the network connected to its
Ethernet port:
• Connection to an IP router with hairpinning support
• Connection to an outbound Proxy server
When a phone connected to the Linksys ATA device communicates with another phone, it sends a SIP packet onto the internal LAN. The packet is then forwarded to the external LAN or directly to the Internet. The source address and source port on the original packet are assigned by the Linksys ATA device DHCP server. The address and port are translated by the Linksys ATA device using Network Address Translation (NAT) and Port Address Translation (PAT). The packet is then routed back to the internal network on the Linksys ATA device by the local router or the
ISP router.
Problems can occur with calls between phones connected to the Linksys ATA device when an outbound proxy or a router with hairpinning support is not available. The Linksys ATA device cannot directly connect the two telephone devices, but requires a local or remote router to route the packet back to its destination on the local network from which it originated.
The necessary routing can be provided by a router with hairpinning support, or by an outbound SIP proxy, which is typically provided by the Internet Telephony Service Provider
(ITSP). When relying on the ITSP for interconnecting phones on the Linksys ATA device, local phones connected to the Linksys ATA device are unable to communicate with each other if the
Internet connection is not available for any reason. It is recommended you connect the Linksys
ATA device to a local router that provides hairpinning support to prevent this problem.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 8
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements
Linksys PAP2T Connectivity
As shown in the following figure, the PAP2T consists of two FXS ports (voice lines 1 and 2).
Administrative
IVR (Line 1 or
Line 2)
Line 1
Line 2
Ethernet port
IP Router (with hairpinning) or
Broadband modem
ISP
LAN WAN
Internet
ITSP
PAP2T
Notes:
• The IVR functions are accessed by connecting an analog telephone to Line 1.
• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the PAP2T is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.
Linksys SPA2102 Connectivity
As shown in the following illustration, the SPA2102 consist of two FXS ports (voice lines 1 and
2).
Administrative
IVR (Line 1 or
Line 2)
IP Router (with hairpinning) or
Broadband modem
Line 1
Line 2
Ethernet port
ISP
Internet
LAN WAN
LAN port
ITSP
SPA2102
Administration
PC
By default, the device attached to the LAN port is assigned the network address 192.168.0.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. If there is a network address conflict with a device on the
Ethernet port, the network address of the device on the LAN port is automatically changed to
192.168.1.0.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 9
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements
Notes:
• The IVR functions are accessed by connecting an analog telephone to Line 1.
• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the SPA2102 is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.
Linksys SPA3102 Connectivity
As shown in the following figure, the SPA3102 consists of one FXS port (voice line 1).
Administrative
IVR (Line 1 or
Line 2)
IP Router (with hairpinning) or
Broadband modem
Line 1
PSTN
Line 1
Ethernet port
ISP
Internet
PSTN
LAN WAN
LAN port
ITSP
SPA3102
Administration
PC
By default, the device on the LAN port is assigned the network address 192.168.0.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. If there is a network address conflict with a device on the
Ethernet port, the network address of the device on the LAN port is automatically changed to
192.168.1.0.
Notes:
• The IVR functions are accessed by connecting an analog telephone to Line 1.
• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the SPA3102 is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 10
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements
Linksys SPA8000 Connectivity
As shown in the following illustration, the SPA8000 consists of eight voice ports (voice lines 1-
8).
Administrative
IVR (Line 1 or
Line 2)
8 FXS (RJ-11/RJ-21 ) ports
SPA8000
Line 1
Line 2
NAT/PAT
Internal DHCP server
Ethernet port
IP Router (with hairpinning) or
Broadband modem
LAN WAN
ISP
AUX port
Line 3
Line 4 Administration
PC
Internet
ITSP
Line 5
Line 6
Line 7
Line 8
By default, the device on the AUX port is assigned the network address 192.168.0.0 with a subnet mask of 255.255.255.0. If there is a network address conflict with a device on the
Ethernet port, the network address of the device on the AUX port is automatically changed to
192.168.1.0.
In the illustration, one fax machine is connected to each pair of ports to illustrate that only one
T.38 connection is supported by each of the four pairs of RJ-11 ports. Up to four fax machines can be connected to the SPA8000 router, but they must be distributed as shown.
Notes:
• With the SPA8000, use line 1 or line 2 to access the IVR functions. See the SPA8000 Quick
Installation Guide for IVR instructions.
• For proper operation, the service provider should use an Outbound Proxy to forward all voice traffic when the SPA8000 is located behind a router. If necessary, explicit port ranges can be specified for SIP and RTP.
• The SPA8000 is not designed to forward IP packets to devices connected to its AUX port and that configuration is not supported.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 11
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
ATA Software Features
ATA Software Features
The Linksys ATA is a full featured, fully programmable phone adapter that can be custom provisioned within a wide range of configuration parameters. This section contains a high-level overview of features to provide a basic understanding of the feature breadth and capabilities of the Linksys ATA.
The following sections describe the factors that contribute to voice quality.
Voice Supported Codecs
Negotiation of the optimal voice codec sometimes depends on the ability of the Linksys ATA device to match a codec name with the codec used by the far-end device. The Linksys ATA allows the network administrator to individually name the various codecs that are supported so that the Linksys ATA can successfully negotiate the codec with the far-end equipment. The administrator can select which low-bit-rate codec is to be used for each line. G.711a and G.711u are always enabled. Configure your preferred codec in the (FXS) tab in the Administration Web
Server. See
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
”Supported Codecs,” on page 26
for a list of which codecs are supported on each Linksys ATA.
Codec (Voice Compression
Algorithm)
G.711 (A-law and mμ-law)
G.726
G.729a
G.723.1
Description
This very low complexity codec supports uncompressed 64 kbps digitized voice transmission at one through ten 5 ms voice frames per packet. This codec provides the highest voice quality and uses the most bandwidth of any of the available codecs.
This low complexity codec supports compressed 16, 24, 32, and 40 kbps digitized voice transmission at one through ten 10 ms voice frames per packet. This codec provides high voice quality.
The ITU G.729 voice coding algorithm is used to compress digitized speech.
Linksys supports G.729. G.729a is a reduced complexity version of G.729. It requires about half the processing power to code G.729. The G.729 and
G.729a bit streams are compatible and interoperable, but not identical.
The Linksys ATA supports the use of ITU G.723.1 audio codec at 6.4 kbps. Up to two channels of G.723.1 can be used simultaneously. For example, Line 1 and Line 2 can be using G.723.1 simultaneously, or Line 1 or Line 2 can initiate a three-way conference with both call legs using G.723.1.
Note: The WRP400 device does not support the G.723.1 audio codec.
NOTE: When no static payload value is assigned per RFC 1890, the Linksys ATA can support dynamic payloads for G.726.
SIP Proxy Redundancy
In typical commercial IP Telephony deployments, all calls are established through a SIP proxy server. An average SIP proxy server may handle thousands of subscribers. It is important that a backup server be available so that an active server can be temporarily switched out for maintenance. The Linksys ATA supports the use of backup SIP proxy servers (via DNS SRV) so that service disruption should be nearly eliminated.
A relatively simple way to support proxy redundancy is to configure your DNS server with a list of SIP proxy addresses. The Linksys ATA can be instructed to contact a SIP proxy server in a
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 12
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
ATA Software Features
domain named in the SIP message. The Linksys ATA consults the DNS server to get a list of hosts in the given domain that provides SIP services. If an entry exists, the DNS server returns an SRV record that contains a list of SIP proxy servers for the domain, with their host names, priority, listening ports, and so on. The Linksys ATA tries to contact the list of hosts in the order of their stated priority.
If the Linksys ATA is currently using a lower priority proxy server, it periodically probes the higher priority proxy to see whether it is back on line, and switches back to the higher priority proxy when possible. SIP Proxy Redundancy is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs in the
Administration Web Server. See
”Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference,” on page 60
.
Other Linksys ATA Software Features
The following table summarizes other features provided by Linksys ATA devices.
Feature
Streaming Audio Server
T.38 Fax Relay
Silence Suppression
Modem and Fax Pass-
Through
Adaptive Jitter Buffer
International Caller ID
Delivery
Secure Calls
Adjustable Audio Frames
Per Packet
Description
”Configuring a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35
”Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)” section on page 38
”Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation” section on page 45
• Modem pass-through mode can be triggered only by predialing the number set in the Modem Line Toggle Code. (Set in the Regional tab.)
• FAX pass-through mode is triggered by a CED/CNG tone or an NSE event.
• Echo canceller is automatically disabled for Modem pass-through mode.
• Echo canceller is disabled for FAX pass-through if the parameter FAX Disable
ECAN (Line 1 or 2 tab) is set to “yes” for that line (in that case FAX pass-through is the same as Modem pass-through).
• Call waiting and silence suppression is automatically disabled for both FAX and
Modem pass-through. In addition, out-of-band DTMF Tx is disabled during modem or fax pass-through.
The Linksys ATA can buffer incoming voice packets to minimize out-of-order packet arrival. This process is known as jitter buffering. The jitter buffer size proactively adjusts or adapts in size, depending on changing network conditions.
The Linksys ATA has a Network Jitter Level control setting for each line of service. The jitter level decides how aggressively the Linksys ATA tries to shrink the jitter buffer over time to achieve a lower overall delay. If the jitter level is higher, it shrinks more gradually. If jitter level is lower, it shrinks more quickly.
Adaptive Jitter Buffer is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs. See
Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
In addition to support of the Bellcore (FSK) and Swedish/Danish (DTMF) methods of
Caller ID (CID) delivery, Linksys ATAs provide a large subset of ETSI-compliant methods to support international CID equipment. International CID is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs. See
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
A user (if enabled by service provider or administrator) has the option to make an outbound call secure in the sense that the audio packets in both directions are
”Secure Call Implementation” section on page 31
.
This feature allows the user to set the number of audio frames contained in one RTP packet. Packets can be adjusted to contain from 1–10 audio frames. Increasing the number of packets decreases the bandwidth utilized, but it also increases delay and may affect voice quality. See the RTP Packet Size parameter found in the SIP tab in the
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 13
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
ATA Software Features
Feature
DTMF
Call Progress Tone
Generation
Call Progress Tone Pass
Through
Echo Cancellation
Description
The Linksys ATA may relay DTMF digits as out-of-band events to preserve the fidelity of the digits. This can enhance the reliability of DTMF transmission required by many
IVR applications such as dial-up banking and airline information. DTMF is configured in the DTMF Tx Mode parameter found in the Line tabs. See the
The Linksys ATA has configurable call progress tones. Call progress tones are generated locally on the ATA so an end user is advised of status (such as ringback).
Parameters for each type of tone (for instance a dial tone played back to an end user) may include frequency and amplitude of each component, and cadence information.
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
This feature allows the user to hear the call progress tones (such as ringing) that are generated from the far-end network. See the Regional tab in the
Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
Impedance mismatch between the telephone and the IP Telephony gateway phone port can lead to near-end echo. The Linksys ATA has a near-end echo canceller that compensates for impedance match. The Linksys ATA also implements an echo suppressor with comfort noise generator (CNG) so that any residual echo is not noticeable. Echo Cancellation is configured in the Regional, Line, and PSTN Line tabs.
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
.
Signaling Hook Flash Event The Linksys ATA device can signal hook flash events to the remote party on a connected call. This feature can be used to provide advanced mid-call services with third-party-call-control. Depending on the features that the service provider offers using third-party-call-control, the following Linksys ATA features may be disabled to correctly signal a hook-flash event to the softswitch:
• Call Waiting Service (parameter call waiting serv set in the Line tab)
• Three Way Conference Service (parameter three-way conf serv set in the Line tab)
• Three Way Call Service (parameter three-way call serv set in the Line tab)
You can configure the length of time allowed for detection of a hook flash using the
Hook Flash Timer parameter on the Regional tab of the Web Configuration Utility. See
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
.
Configurable Dial Plan with Interdigit Timers
Polarity Control
The Linksys ATA has three configurable interdigit timers:
Initial timeout (T)—Signals that the handset is off the hook and that no digit has been pressed yet.
Long timeout (L)—Signals the end of a dial string; that is, no more digits are expected.
Short timeout (S)—Used between digits; that is after a digit is pressed a short timeout prevents the digit from being recognized a second time.
”Configuring a Dial Plan” section on page 27
The Linksys ATA allows the polarity to be set when a call is connected and when a call is disconnected. This feature is required to support some pay phone system and answering machines. Polarity Control is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs.
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
.
Calling Party Control Calling Party Control (CPC) signals to the called party equipment that the calling party has hung up during a connected call by removing the voltage between the tip and ring momentarily. This feature is useful for auto-answer equipment, which then knows when to disengage. CPC is configured in the Regional, Line, and PSTN Line tabs. See
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 14
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
ATA Software Features
Feature
Report Generation and
Event Logging
Syslog and Debug Server
Records
SIP Over TCP
SIP Over TLS
Media Loopback
Description
The Linksys ATA reports a variety of status and error reports to assist service providers to diagnose problems and evaluate the performance of their services. The information can be queried by an authorized agent, using HTTP with digested authentication, for instance. The information may be organized as an XML page or
HTML page. Report Generation and Event Logging are configured in the System, Line, and PSTN Line tabs. See
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
.
Syslog and Debug Sever Records log more details than Report Generation and Event
Logging. Using the configuration parameters, the Linksys ATA allows you to select which type of activity/events should be logged. Syslog and Debug Server allow the information captured to be sent to a Syslog Server. Syslog and Debug Server Records are configured in the System, Line, and PSTN Line tabs. See
To guarantee state-oriented communications, Linksys SPA2102 and SPA3102 devices allow you to choose TCP as the transport protocol for SIP. This protocol is “guaranteed delivery”, which assures that lost packets are retransmitted. TCP also guarantees that the SIP packages are received in the same order that they were sent. As a result, TCP overcomes the main disadvantages of UDP. In addition, for security reasons, most corporate firewalls block UDP ports. With TCP, new ports do not need to be opened or packets dropped, because TCP is already in use for basic activities such as Internet
browsing or e-commerce. SIP over TCP is configured in the Line tabs. See
ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
.
Linksys SPA2102 and SPA3102 devices allow the use of SIP over Transport Layer
Security (TLS). SIP over TLS is designed to eliminate the possibility of malicious activity by encrypting the SIP messages of the service provider and the end user. SIP over TLS relies on the widely-deployed and standardized TLS protocol. SIP Over TLS encrypts only the signaling messages and not the media. A separate secure protocol such as Secure Real-Time Transport Protocol (SRTP) can be used to encrypt voice packets. SIP over TLS is configured in the SIP Transport parameter configured in the
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
.
Linksys SPA2102, SPA3102, and PAP2T devices allow service providers to use media loopback to quantitatively and qualitatively measure the voice quality experienced by the end user. One device acts as the audio transmitter and receiver while the other device acts as the audio mirror. The audio mirror transmits the audio packets that it receives back to the transmitter/receiver instead of transmitting the data sampled on its local microphone (IP phone) or attached analog telephone (ATA-type device).
Media loopback is configured in the User tab. See
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 15
Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
ATA Software Features
Feature Description
Register Retry
Enhancements
The Register Retry Enhancements feature for Linksys SPA2102, SPA3102, and PAP2T devices adds flexibility to the delay timers that are activated when the SIP REGISTER of a device fails. Once a SIP REGISTER failure response code is sent, a delay timer is selected depending on the type of registration failure response code. The delay timers can be one of the following:
• Reg Retry Random Delay—Random delay range (in seconds) to add to the
Register Retry Intvl parameter when retrying a SIP REGISTER after a failure. The default is 0, which disables this feature.
• Reg Retry Long Random Delay—Random delay range (in seconds) to add to the
Register Retry Long Intvl parameter when retrying a SIP REGISTER after a failure.
The default is 0, which disables this feature.
• Reg Retry Intvl Cap—The maximum value to cap the exponential back-off retry delay. The exponential back-off retry delay starts with the setting found in the
Register Retry Intvl parameter and doubles it on every REGISTER retry after a failure. In other words, the retry interval after a failure is always set to the seconds configured in the Register Retry Intvl parameter. If this feature is enabled, the Reg
Retry Random Delay setting is added on top of the exponential back-off adjusted delay value. The default value is 0, which disables the exponential back-off feature.
Register Retry is configured in the SIP tab. See
DHCP Renewal on Timeout Linksys SPA2102, SPA3102, and PAP2T voice devices typically operate in a network where a DHCP server assigns IP addresses to the devices. Because IP addresses are a limited resource, the DHCP server periodically renews the device lease on the IP address. Therefore, if a Linksys ATA device loses its IP address for any reason, or if some other device on the network is assigned its IP address, the communication between the SIP proxy and the device is either severed or degraded.
Whenever an expected SIP response is not received within a programmable amount of time after the corresponding SIP command is sent, the DHCP Renewal on Timeout feature automatically causes the device to request a renewal of its IP address. If the
DHCP server returns the IP address that it originally assigned to the device, the
Linksys ATA device is presumed to be operating correctly. If it returns a different address, the ATA device changes its IP address to the new address provided by the
DHCP server. The Linksys ATA device then resets, and once again sends a SIP register request for the DHCP server to accept.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 16
3
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Basic Services and Equipment Required
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
•
”Basic Services and Equipment Required” section on page 17
•
”Downloading Firmware” section on page 17
•
”Basic Installation and Configuration” section on page 18
•
”Upgrading the Firmware for the Linksys ATA Device” section on page 18
•
”Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device” section on page 19
•
”Using the Web Configuration Utility” section on page 20
•
”Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys ATA Device” section on page 23
•
”Provisioning Your Linksys ATA” section on page 24
Basic Services and Equipment Required
To configure your Linksys ATA devices, you need the following services and equipment:
• An integrated access device or modem for broadband access to the Internet
• Internet Telephony Service Provider (ITSP) for Voice Over IP Telephone service
• You must have to following information about your account:
– SIP Proxy (IP address or name)
– Account information and Password
• Computer with Microsoft Windows XP or Windows Vista (for system configuration)
• Analog phones
• UPS (uninterruptible Power Source) recommended for devices such as the Integrated
Access Device, network switch, router, and PoE switch to ensure that your phone system continues to work during a power failure, just like your home phone.
Downloading Firmware
Always download and install the latest firmware for your Linksys ATA device before doing any configurations.
1. Direct your browser to the following URL: http://www.linksys.com
2. From the menu at the top of the page, select Support > Technical Support.
3. Click Choose a Product.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 17
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Basic Installation and Configuration
NOTE: If you are visiting the site for the first time, you may be prompted to choose your location before continuing.
4. On the Select Product Category page, choose VoIP Adaptors from the Voice over IP (VoIP) drop-down list.
5. On the Choose The Device page, choose your Linksys ATA device.
6. Under Downloads, choose the Click Here link.
7. Choose the version in the drop-down list.
8. Under Firmware, click the link for the latest version of the firmware.
NOTE: NOTE: If you are using Windows XP Service Pack 2 (SP2) and Internet Explorer, you may see the “Pop-up blocked” message in your browser information bar. If you see this message, click the information bar and select Temporarily Allow Pop-ups. Then click the link again.
9. Click Save in the File Download dialog box that appears.
10. In the Save As dialog box, choose a location for the file and then click Save.
11. When the download is complete, if prompted, click Close.
The name of the file depends on the firmware file of your device. If the firmware file you download is in zip format, double-click the file and extract its contents to a single folder or to the desktop. To extract the firmware file from the archive, use a utility such as WinZip, or use the built-in decompression features of Windows XP.
Basic Installation and Configuration
See your particular Linksys ATA device’s Quick Installation Guide, User Guide, or the LVS
Installation Manual for complete installation and basic configuration instructions.
Upgrading the Firmware for the Linksys ATA Device
In this procedure, you install the firmware files that you downloaded previously.
1. Determine the address of the Linksys ATA device.
a. Connect an analog telephone to the Phone 1 or Phone 2 port on the Linksys ATA. b. Press **** on the keypad to access the IVR menu.
c. Press 110# to determine the Internet (WAN) IP address.
2. Make a note of the IP address that is announced.
NOTE: If the administration computer is connected to the Ethernet port of the Linksys ATA device, the default IP address is 192.168.0.1.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 18
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device
3. Use the administration computer to install the latest firmware: a. Extract the Zip file, and then run the executable file to upgrade the firmware. b. When the Firmware Upgrade Warning window appears, click Continue. c. In the next window that appears, enter the IP address of the Linksys ATA device, and then click OK. d. In the Confirm Upgrade window, verify that the correct device information and product number appear. Then click Upgrade. e. A progress message appears while the upgrade is in progress. The success window appears when the upgrade is completed. The device reboots.
f.
Click OK to close the confirmation message. g. To verify the upgrade, point the web browser to the IP address of the Linksys ATA device.
Check the Router>Status page. The Software Version field should show the firmware version that you installed.
NOTE: You may need to refresh your browser to display the updated page reflecting the new version number.
Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device
After installation and basic configuration of your Linksys ATA device, you will use the Web
Configuration Utility to finish your configuration.
Linksys ATA devices support two levels of administration privileges: Administrator and User.
Both privileges can be password protected.
NOTE: By default, there are no passwords assigned for either the Administrator account or the
User account.
The Administrator account can modify all the web profile parameters and the passwords of both Administrator and User account. The User account can access only part of the web profile parameters. The parameters that the User account can access are specified using the
Administrator account on the Provisioning page of the Web Configuration Utility.
To directly access the Administrator account level privilege, use the following URL: http://<ipaddress>/admin/voice
If the password has been set for the Administrator account, the browser prompts for authentication. The User account name and the Administrator account name cannot be changed.
When browsing pages with the Administrator account privilege, you can switch to User account privilege by clicking the User Login link.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 19
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Using the Web Configuration Utility
If the User account password is set, the browser prompts for authentication when you click the
User Login link. From the User account, you can switch to the Administrator account by clicking the Admin Login link. Authentication is required if the Administrator account password has been set.
NOTE: Switching between User and Administrator accounts or between basic and advanced views discards any uncommitted changes on the web pages.
Using the Web Configuration Utility
This section describes how to use the Web Configuration Utility to configure the advanced settings of the Linksys ATA device. It includes the following topics:
•
”Connecting to the Web Configuration Utility” section on page 20
•
”Setting Up the WAN Configuration for Your Linksys ATA Device” section on page 21
•
”Registering to the Service Provider” section on page 21
•
”Advanced Configurations” section on page 22
Connecting to the Web Configuration Utility
To access the Linksys ATA Web Configuration Utility, perform the following steps.
1. Launch a web browser on a computer connected to the Internet (WAN) interface of the
Linksys ATA device.
2. Determine the address of the Linksys ATA device.
a. Connect an analog telephone to the Phone 1 or Phone 2 port on the Linksys ATA. b. Press **** on the keypad to access the IVR menu.
c. Press 110# to determine the Internet (WAN) IP address.
NOTE: For more information on the IVR menu, see your Quick Installation Guide or User Guide for your device, or the LVS Administration Guide.
3. Direct the browser to the IP address of the Linksys ATA. For example: http://192.168.128.03
4. The Router > Status page appears. By default, the page is in Basic User mode. Log on to the administrator view by clicking Admin Login, near the top right corner of the page. Then click Advanced.
NOTE: By default, no password is required. You can assign an administrative password later, but it is convenient not to use a password during the initial configuration.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 20
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Using the Web Configuration Utility
Setting Up the WAN Configuration for Your Linksys ATA Device
1. Click the WAN Setup tab.
2. Complete the WAN configuration for DHCP, static IP addressing, or PPPoE.
If you are using DHCP for dynamically assigning the IP address to the Linksys ATA,
complete the following steps: a. Select DHCP from the Connection Type drop-down menu.
If you use a cable modem, you may need to configure the MAC Clone Settings. (Contact your ISP for more information.) b. If your service uses a specific PC MAC address, then select yes from the Enable MAC
Clone Service setting. c. Then enter the PC’s MAC address in the Cloned MAC Address field.
If you are using static IP addressing, complete the following steps:
a. Select Static IP from the Connection Type drop-down menu.
b. In the Static IP Settings section, enter the IP address in the Static IP field, the subnet mask in the NetMask field, and the default gateway IP address in the Gateway field.
c. In the Optional Settings section, enter the DNS server address(es) in the Primary DNS and optional Secondary DNS fields.
If you are using PPPoE, complete the following steps:
a. Select PPPoE from the Connection Type drop-down menu. This is the correct setting for most DSL users.
b. Enter the values provided by the ITSP in the following fields:
• PPPoE Login Name
• PPPoE Login Password
• PPPoE Service Name
3. Click Submit All Changes. The Linksys ATA device reboots.
4. To verify your progress, click the Router tab and then click Status. Under System Status, confirm the WAN Connection Type, Current IP, Current Netmask, Current Gateway, and Primary
DNS.
Registering to the Service Provider
To use VoIP phone service, you must configure your Linksys ATA device to the Service Provider.
1. Click the Voice tab, and then click Line 1.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 21
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Using the Web Configuration Utility
2. Enter the account information for your ITSP. The following is the minimum required configuration to connect the Linksys ATA to an ITSP:
• User ID — The account number or logon name for your ITSP account (Subscriber
Information section)
• Password — The password for your ITSP account (Subscriber Information section)
• Proxy — The proxy server for your ITSP account (Proxy and Registration section)
3. After making any necessary changes, click the Submit All Changes button.
4. To verify your progress, perform the following tasks:
• After the devices reboot, click the Voice tab, and then click Info. Scroll down to the Line
1 Status section of the page. Verify that the line is registered. Refer to the following example.
• Use an external phone to place an inbound call to the telephone number that was assigned by your ITSP. Assuming that you have left the default settings in place, the phone should ring and you can pick up the phone to get two-way audio.
• If the line is not registered, you may need to refresh the browser several times because it can take a few seconds for the registration to succeed. Also verify that your DNS is configured properly.
NOTE: If the Linksys ATA device has more than one Line tab, each line tab must be configured separately. Each line tab can be configured for a different ITSP.
Advanced Configurations
Other parameters may need to be changed from the defaults, depending on the requirements of a specific ITSP. Some of the commonly configured parameters include the following:
• Streaming Audio Server—You can enable an external music source for music on hold.
”Configuring a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35
for further information.
• NAT Settings—You can adjust these settings to resolve issues that arise when using a
Linksys ATA on a network behind a Network Address Translation (NAT) device. See the
”Network Address Translation” section on page 40
for further information.
• Subscriber Information—You can configure security parameters. See the
Implementation” section on page 31
for further information.
• Dial Plan—You can configure a dial plan for a specific line. See the
for further information.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 22
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys ATA Device
Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys
ATA Device
The Linksys ATA web interface supports upgrading, rebooting, and resyncing functions through special URLs. Administrator account privilege is needed for these functions.
Upgrade URL
The Upgrade URL lets you upgrade the Linksys ATA to the firmware specified by the URL, which can identify either a TFTP or HTTP server.
NOTE: If the value of the Upgrade Enable parameter in the Provisioning page is No, you cannot upgrade the Linksys ATA even if the web page indicates otherwise.
The syntax of the Upgrade URL is as follows: http://spa-ip-addr/admin/upgrade?[protocol://][server-name[:port]][/firmware-pathname]
Both HTTP and TFTP are supported for the upgrade operation.
If no protocol is specified, TFTP is assumed. If no server-name is specified, the host that requests the URL is used as server-name.
If no port specified, the default port of the protocol is used. (69 for TFTP or 80 for HTTP)
The firmware-pathname is typically the file name of the binary located in a directory on the
TFTP or HTTP server. If no firmware-pathname is specified, /spa.bin is assumed, as in the following example: http://192.168.2.217/admin/upgrade?tftp://192.168.2.251/spa.bin
Resync URL
The Resync URL lets you force the Linksys ATA to do a resync to a profile specified in the URL, which can identify either a TFTP, HTTP, or HTTPS server. The syntax of the Resync URL is as follows: http://spa-ip-addr/admin/resync?[[protocol://][server-name[:port]]/profile-pathname]
NOTE: The SPA resyncs only when it is idle.
If no parameter follows /resync?, the Profile Rule setting from the Provisioning page is used.
If no protocol is specified, TFTP is assumed. If no server-name is specified, the host that requests the URL is used as server-name.
If no port is specified, the default port is used (69 for TFTP, 80 for HTTP, and 443 for HTTPS).
The profile-path is the path to the new profile with which to resync, for example: http://192.168.2.217admin/resync?tftp://192.168.2.251/spaconf.cfg
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 23
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Provisioning Your Linksys ATA
Reboot URL
The Reboot URL lets you reboot the Linksys ATA. The Reboot URL is as follows: http://spa-ip-addr/admin/reboot
NOTE: The Linksys ATA reboots only when it is idle.
Provisioning Your Linksys ATA
This section describes the provisioning functionality of the Linksys ATA. This section includes the following topics:
•
”Provisioning Capabilities” section on page 24
•
”Configuration Profile” section on page 24
For detailed information about provisioning your Linksys ATA device, refer to the
Linksys SPA
Provisioning Guide.
Provisioning Capabilities
The Linksys ATA device provides for secure provisioning and remote upgrade. Provisioning is achieved through configuration profiles transferred to the device via TFTP, HTTP, or HTTPS. To configure Provisioning, go to Provisioning tab in the Web Configuration Utility.
The Linksys ATA device can be configured to automatically resync its internal configuration state to a remote profile periodically and on power up. The automatic resyncs are controlled by configuring the desired profile URL into the device.
The Linksys ATA device accepts profiles in XML format, or alternatively in a proprietary binary format, which is generated by a profile compiler tool available from Linksys. The Linksys ATA supports up to 256-bit symmetric key encryption of profiles. For the initial transfer of the profile encryption key (initial provisioning stage), the Linksys ATA device can receive a profile from an encrypted channel (HTTPS), or it can resync to a binary profile generated by the Linksyssupplied profile compiler. In the latter case, the profile compiler can encrypt the profile specifically for the target Linksys ATA device, without requiring an explicit key exchange.
Remote firmware upgrade is achieved via TFTP or HTTP (firmware upgrades using HTTPS are not supported). Remote upgrades are controlled by configuring the desired firmware image
URL into the Linksys ATA device via a remote profile resync.
For further information about remote provisioning refer to the
Linksys SPA Provisioning Guide
.
Configuration Profile
The Linksys ATA configuration profile can be either an XML file or a binary file with a proprietary format.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 24
Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
Provisioning Your Linksys ATA
The XML file consists of a series of elements (one per configuration parameter), encapsulated within the element tags <flat-profile> … </flat-profile>. The encapsulated elements specify values for individual parameters. Here is an example of a valid XML profile:
<flat-profile>
<Admin_Passwd>some secret</Admin_Passwd>
<Upgrade_Enable>Yes</Upgrade_Enable>
</flat-profile>
Binary format profiles contain Linksys ATA parameter values and user access permissions for the parameters. By convention, the profile uses the extension .cfg (for example, spa2102.cfg). The
Linksys Profile Compiler (SPC) tool compiles a plain-text file containing parameter-value pairs into a properly formatted and encrypted .cfg file. The SPC tool is available from Linksys for the
Win32 environment and Linux-i386-elf environment. Requests for SPC tools compiled on other platforms are evaluated on a case-by-case basis. Please contact your Linksys sales representative for further information about obtaining the SPC tool.
The syntax of the plain-text file accepted by the profile compiler is a series of parameter-value pairs, with the value in double quotes. Each parameter-value pair is followed by a semicolon.
Here is an example of a valid text source profile for input to the SPC tool:
Admin_Passwd “some secret”;
Upgrade_Enable “Yes”;
Refer to the
Linksys SPA Provisioning Guide
for further details.
The names of parameters in XML profiles can generally be inferred from the Linksys ATA configuration Web pages, by substituting underscores (_) for spaces and other control characters. Further, to distinguish between Lines 1, 2, 3, and 4, corresponding parameter names are augmented by the strings _1_, _2_, _3_, and _4_. For example, Line 1 Proxy is named
Proxy_1_ in XML profiles.
Parameters in the case of source text files for the SPC tool are similarly named, except that to differentiate Line 1, 2, 3, and 4, the appended strings ([1], [2], [3], or [4]) are used. For example, the Line 1 Proxy is named Proxy[1] in source text profiles for input to the SPC.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 25
4
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Supported Codecs
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
This chapter contains the following topics:
•
”Supported Codecs,” on page 26
•
”Configuring a Dial Plan” section on page 27
•
”Secure Call Implementation” section on page 31
•
”Configuring a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35
•
”Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)” section on page 38
•
”Managing Caller ID Service” section on page 44
•
”Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation” section on page 45
Supported Codecs
The following list shows the current supported codecs for each Linksys ATA product. If you need to change the G711u codec which is configured by default, set your preferred codecs in the FXS Line tab(s); Audio Configuration. You may set your first, second, and third preferred
”Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference,” on page 60
PAP2T / SPA2102 / SPA3102 / SPA8000 / AG310
• G.711u (configured by default)
• G.711a
• G.726-16
• G.726-24
• G.726-32
• G.726-40
• G.729a
• G.723
WRTP54G/RTP300 / WAG54GP2
• G.711u
(configured by default)
• G.711a
• G.726-32
• G.729a
• G.723
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 26
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Configuring a Dial Plan
WRP400
• G.711u
(configured by default)
• G711a
• G.726-32
• G.729a
Configuring a Dial Plan
The Linksys ATA device allows each line to be configured with a distinct dial plan. The dial plan specifies how to interpret digit sequences dialed by the user, and how to convert those sequences into an outbound dial string.
The Linksys ATA syntax for the dial plan closely resembles the corresponding syntax specified by MGCP and MEGACO. Some extensions are added that are useful in an end-point.
NOTE: When using the SPA3102 or AG310 as a PSTN gateway, gateway calls can be restricted on a per-caller basis using dial plans. Up to eight dial plans can be configured to restrict gateway calls in either direction.
Dial Plan Digit Sequences
The plans contain a series of digit sequences, separated by a vertical bar ( | ). The collection of sequences is enclosed in parentheses.
When a user dials a series of digits, each sequence in the dial plan is tested as a possible match.
The matching sequences form a set of candidate digit sequences. As more digits are entered by the user, the set of candidates diminishes until only one or none are valid.
Any one of a set of terminating events triggers the Linksys ATA device to either accept the userdialed sequence and transmit it to initiate a call, or else to reject it as invalid. The terminating events are as follows:
• No candidate sequences remain—The number is rejected.
• Only one candidate sequence remains, and it has been matched completely—The number is accepted and transmitted after any transformations indicated by the dial plan, unless the sequence is barred by the dial plan, in which case the number is rejected.
• A timeout occurs—The digit sequence is accepted and transmitted as dialed if incomplete, or transformed as per the dial plan if complete.
• An explicit “send” (user presses the # key)—The digit sequence is accepted and transmitted as dialed if incomplete, or transformed as according to the dial plan if complete.
The time-out duration depends on the matching state. If no candidate sequences are as yet complete (as dialed), the Interdigit Long Timeout parameter applies. If a candidate sequence is
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 27
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Configuring a Dial Plan
complete, but there exists one or more incomplete candidates, then the
Interdigit_Short_Timeout parameter applies.
The dial plan is configured in the Line tab and a default North American dial plan is provided.
The following table describes the entries to use when programming the dial plan.
Dial Plan Entry
*xx
[3469]11
0
00
[2-9]xxxxxx
1xxx[2-9]xxxxxx xxxxxxxxxx.
Function
Allows arbitrary 2-digit star code
Allows x11 sequences (for example, 311, 411, 611, 911)
Dials operator
Dials international operator
Dials US local number
Dials US 1 + 10-digit long distance number
Dials all other numbers, including international long distance
NOTE: Early production versions of the SPA2102 supported dual-line telephones on a single
FXS port. A subsequent hardware change revised the FXS ports on the SPA2102 and this function is to be reserved for future development.
Dial Plan Rules
This section describes the rules that apply to configuring and interpreting dial plans.
NOTE: White space is ignored, but may be used for readability.
Digit Sequence Syntax
Each digit sequence within the dial plan consists of a series of elements, which are individually matched to the keys pressed by the user. Elements can be one of the following:
• Individual keys 0, 1, 2 . . . 9, *, #.
• The letter x matches any one numeric digit (0 .. 9)
• A subset of keys within brackets (allows ranges): for example, [389] means 3 or 8 or 9)
– Numeric ranges (n-n) are allowed within the brackets: for example, [2-9] means any digit from 2 through 9)
– Ranges can be combined with other keys: e.g. [235-8*] means 2 or 3 or 5 or 6 or 7 or
8 or *.
Element Repetition
Any element can be repeated zero or more times by appending a period (.) to the element.
Thus, “01.” matches “0”, “01”, “011”, “0111”, … and so on.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 28
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Configuring a Dial Plan
Sub-sequence Substitution
A sub-sequence of keys (possibly empty) can be automatically replaced with a different subsequence using an angle bracket notation: <dialed-subsequence : transmitted-subsequence> .
So, for example, “<8:1650>xxxxxxx” would match “85551212” and transmit “16505551212”.
Inter-sequence Tones
An “outside line” dial tone can be generated within a sequence by appending a comma (,) between digits. Thus, the sequence “9, 1xxxxxxxxxx” sounds an “outside line” dial tone after the user presses 9, until the 1 is pressed.
Number Barring
A sequence can be barred (rejected) by placing a ! character at the end of the sequence. Thus,
“1900xxxxxxx!” automatically rejects all 900 area code numbers from being dialed.
Interdigit Timer Master Override
The long and short interdigit timers can be changed in the dial plan (affecting a specific line) by preceding the entire plan with the following syntax:
• Long interdigit timer: L : delay-value,
• Short interdigit timer: S : delay-value,
Thus, “L:8,( . . . )” would set the interdigit long timeout to 8 seconds for the line associated with this dial plan. And, “L:8,S:4,( . . . )” would override both the long and the short time-out values.
Local Timer Overrides
The long and short time-out values can be changed for a particular sequence starting at a particular point in the sequence. The syntax for long timer override is: L delay-value<space>.
Note the terminating space character. The specified delay-value is measured in seconds.
Similarly, to change the short timer override, use: S delay-value<space>.
Pause
A sequence may require an explicit pause of some duration before continuing to dial digits, in order for the sequence to match. The syntax for this is similar to the timer override syntax: P delay-value <space>. The delay-value is measured in seconds.
This syntax allows for the implementation of Hot-Line and Warm-Line services. To achieve this, one sequence in the plan must start with a pause, with a 0 delay for a Hot Line, and a non-zero delay for a Warm Line.
Implicit Sequences
The Linksys ATA device implicitly appends the vertical code sequences entered in the Web
Configuration Utility Regional parameter settings to the end of the dial plan for both Line 1 and
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 29
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Configuring a Dial Plan
Line 2. Likewise, if the parameter Enable_IP_Dialing is enabled, then IP dialing is also accepted on the associated line.
Parameter Tab
Enable_IP_Dialing
Line
Description
Enable or disable IP dialing.
Values
The default is no.
Dial Plan Examples
The following dial plan accepts only US-style 1 + area-code + local-number, with no restrictions on the area code and number:
( 1 xxx xxxxxxx )
The following also allows 7-digit US-style dialing, and automatically inserts a 1 + 212 (local area code) in the transmitted number.
( 1 xxx xxxxxxx | <:1212> xxxxxxx )
For an office environment, the following plan requires a user to dial 8 as a prefix for local calls and 9 as a prefix for long distance. In either case, an “outside line” tone is played after the initial
8 or 9, and neither prefix is transmitted when initiating the call.
( <9,:> 1 xxx xxxxxxx | <8,:1212> xxxxxxx )
The following allows only placing international calls (011 call), with an arbitrary number of digits past a required 5 digit minimum, and also allows calling an international call operator
(00). In addition, it lengthens the default short interdigit timeout to 4 seconds.
S:4, ( 00 | 011 xxxxx x. )
The following allows only US-style 1 + area-code + local-number, but disallows area codes and local numbers starting with 0 or 1. It also allows 411, 911, and operator calls (0).
( 0 | [49]11 | 1 [2-9]xx [2-9]xxxxxx )
The following allows US-style long distance, but blocks 9xx area codes:
( 1 [2-8]xx [2-9]xxxxxx )
The following allows arbitrary long distance dialing, but explicitly blocks the 947 area code.
( 1 947 xxxxxxx ! | 1 xxx xxxxxxx )
The following implements a hot line phone, which automatically calls 1 212 5551234.
( S0 <:12125551234> )
The following provides a warm line to a local office operator (1000) after five seconds, unless a four-digit extension is dialed by the user.
( P5 <:1000> | xxxx )
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 30
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Secure Call Implementation
Dial Plan Timers
The dial plan functionality is regulated by the following configurable parameters:
Interdigit Long and Short Timer
Parameter Tab
Interdigit_Long_
Timeout
Regional
Interdigit_Short
_Timeout
Regional
Description
Specifies the default maximum time (in seconds) allowed between dialed digits, when no candidate digit sequence is as yet complete.
Specifies the default maximum time (in seconds) allowed between dialed digits, when at least one candidate digit sequence is complete as dialed.
Values
Range: 0–64 seconds.
The default is 10.
Range: 0–64 seconds.
The default is 3.
Dial Plans
Parameter Tab
Enable_IP_Dialing
Line
Dial Plan
Line
Description
Enable or disable IP dialing.
Dial Plan script for your Line.
Values
The default is no.
The default is: (*xx |
[3469]11 | 0 | 00 |
<:1408>[2-9]xxxxxx |
1[2-9]xx[2-9]xxxxxx |
011x. )
Secure Call Implementation
This section describes secure call implementation with a Linksys ATA device. It includes the following topics:
•
”Enabling Secure Calls” section on page 31
•
”Secure Call Details” section on page 32
•
”Using a Mini-Certificate” section on page 33
•
”Generating a Mini-Certificate” section on page 33
NOTE: This is an advanced topic meant for experience installers. See also the LVS Provisioning
Guide.
Enabling Secure Calls
A secure call is established in two stages. The first stage is no different from normal call setup.
The second stage starts after the call is established in the normal way with both sides ready to stream RTP packets.
In the second stage, the two parties exchange information to determine if the current call can switch over to the secure mode. The information is transported by base64 encoding embedded in the message body of SIP INFO requests, and responses using a proprietary format. If the
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 31
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Secure Call Implementation
second stage is successful, the Linksys ATA device plays a special Secure Call Indication Tone for a short time to indicate to both parties that the call is secured and that RTP traffic in both directions is being encrypted.
If the user has a phone that supports call waiting caller ID (CIDCW) and that service is enabled, the CID will be updated with the information extracted from the Mini-Certificate received from the remote party. The Name field of the CID will be prepended with a ‘$’ symbol. Both parties can verify the name and number to ensure the identity of the remote party.
The signing agent is implicit and must be the same for all Linksys ATA devices that communicate securely with each other. The public key of the signing agent is pre-configured into the Linksys ATA device by the administrator and is used by the Linksys ATA device to verify the Mini-Certificate of its peer. The Mini-Certificate is valid if it has not expired, and it has a valid signature.
The Linksys ATA device can be configured so that, by default, all outbound calls are either secure or not secure. If secure by default, the user has the option to disable security when making a call by dialing *19 before dialing the target number. If not secure by default, the user can make a secure outbound call by dialing *18 before dialing the target number. However, the user cannot force inbound calls to be secure or not secure; that depends on whether the caller has security enabled or not.
The Linksys ATA device will not switch to secure mode if the CID of the called party from its
Mini-Certificate does not agree with the user-id used in making the outbound call. The Linksys
ATA device performs this check after receiving the Mini-Certificate of the called party
Secure Call Details
Looking at the second stage of setting up a secure call in greater detail, this stage can be further divided into two steps.
1. The caller sends a “Caller Hello” message (base64 encoded and embedded in the message body of a SIP INFO request) to the called party with the following information:
• Message ID (4B)
• Version and flags (4B)
• SSRC of the encrypted stream (4B)
• Mini-Certificate (252B)
Upon receiving the Caller Hello, the called party responds with a Callee Hello message
(base64 encoded and embedded in the message body of a SIP response to the caller’s INFO request) with similar information, if the Caller Hello message is valid. The caller then examines the Callee Hello and proceeds to the next step if the message is valid.
2. The caller sends the “Caller Final” message to the called party with the following information:
• Message ID (4B)
• Encrypted Master Key (16B or 128b)
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 32
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Secure Call Implementation
• Encrypted Master Salt (16B or 128b)
The Master Key and Master Salt are encrypted with the public key from the called party mini-certificate. The Master Key and Master Salt are used by both ends for deriving session keys to encrypt subsequent RTP packets. The called party then responds with a Callee Final message (which is an empty message).
Using a Mini-Certificate
The Linksys ATA device Mini-Certificate (MC) contains the following information:
• User Name (32B)
• User ID or Phone Number (16B)
• Expiration Date (12B)
• Public Key (512b or 64B)
• Signature (1024b or 512B)
The MC has a 512-bit public key used for establishing secure calls. The administrator must provision each subscriber of the secure call service with an MC and the corresponding 512-bit private key. The MC is signed with a 1024-bit private key of the service provider, which acts as the CA of the MC. The 1024-bit public key of the CA signing the MC must also be provisioned for each subscriber.
The CA public key is used by the Linksys ATA device to verify the MC received from the other end. If the MC is invalid, the Linksys ATA device will not switch to secure mode. The MC and the
1024-bit CA public key are concatenated and base64 encoded into the single parameter Mini
Certificate. The 512-bit private key is base64 encoded into the SRTP Private Key parameter, which should be kept secret, like a password. (Mini Certificate and SRTP Private Key are configured in the Line tabs.)
Because the secure call establishment relies on exchange of information embedded in message bodies of SIP INFO requests/responses, the service provider must ensure that the network infrastructure allows the SIP INFO messages to pass through with the message body unmodified.
Generating a Mini-Certificate
Linksys provides a configuration tool called gen_mc for the generation of MC and private keys.
NOTE: For Europe, the Middle East, and Africa the gen_mc tool is available on linksys-itsp.com.
For North America and other regions, It is available on the partner section of linksys.com.
The gen_mc tool uses the following syntax: gen_mc ca-key user-name user-id expire-date
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 33
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Secure Call Implementation
Where:
•
ca-key
is a text file with the base64 encoded 1024-bit CA private/public key pairs for signing/verifying the MC, such as the following:
9CC9aYU1X5lJuU+EBZmi3AmcqE9U1LxEOGwopaGyGOh3VyhKgi6JaVtQZt87PiJINKW8XQj3B9Qqe3VgYx
WCQNa335YCnDsenASeBxuMIEaBCYd1l1fVEodJZOGwXwfAde0MhcbD0kj7LVlzcsTyk2TZYTccnZ75TuTj j13qvYs=
5nEtOrkCa84/mEwl3D9tSvVLyliwQ+u/Hd+C8u5SNk7hsAUZaA9TqH8Iw0J/
IqSrsf6scsmundY5j7Z5mK5J9uBxSB8t8vamFGD0pF4zhNtbrVvIXKI9kmp4vph1C5jzO9gDfs3MF+zjyY rVUFdM+pXtDBxmM+fGUfrpAuXb7/k=
•
user-name
is the name of the subscriber, such as “Joe Smith”. Maximum length is 32 characters
•
user-id
is the User ID of the subscriber, which must match exactly the user-id used in the
INVITE when making the call, such as “14083331234”. The maximum length is 16 characters.
•
expire-date
is the expiration date of the MC, such as “00:00:00 1/1/34” (34=2034).
Internally the date is encoded as a fixed 12B string: 000000010134
The tool generates the Mini Certificate and SRTP Private Key parameters that can be provisioned to the Linksys ATA device.
For example: gen_mc ca_key “Joe Smith” 14085551234 “00:00:00 1/1/34”
Produces the following Mini Certificate and SRTP Private Key:
<Mini Certificate>
Sm9lIFNtaXRoAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAAxNDA4NTU1MTIzNAAAAAAAMDAwMDAwMDEwMTM00O vJakde2vVMF3Rw4pPXL7lAgIagMpbLSAG2+++YlSqt198Cp9rP/ xMGFfoPmDKGx6JFtkQ5sxLcuwgxpxpxkeXvpZKlYlpsb28L4Rhg5qZA+Gqj1hDFCmG6dffZ9SJhxES767G
0JIS+N8lQBLr0AuemotknSjjjOy8c+1lTCd2t44Mh0vmwNg4fDck2YdmTMBR516xJt4/uQ/
LJQlni2kwqlm7scDvll5k232EvvvVtCK0AYa4eWd6fQOpiESCO9CC9aYU1X5lJuU+EBZmi3AmcqE9U1LxE
OGwopaGyGOh3VyhKgi6JaVtQZt87PiJINKW8XQj3B9Qqe3VgYxWCQNa335YCnDsenASeBxuMIEaBCYd1l1 fVEodJZOGwXwfAde0MhcbD0kj7LVlzcsTyk2TZYTccnZ75TuTjj13qvYs=
<SRTP Private Key> b/DWc96X4YQraCnYzl5en1CIUhVQQqrvcr6Qd/8R52IEvJjOw/ e+Klm4XiiFEPaKmU8UbooxKG36SEdKusp0AQ==
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 34
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Configuring a Streaming Audio Server
Configuring a Streaming Audio Server
This section describes how to use and configure a streaming audio server (SAS). It includes the following topics:
•
”Music On Hold” section on page 35
•
”Using a Streaming Audio Server” section on page 35
•
”Using the IVR with an SAS Line” section on page 36
•
”Example SAS with MOH” section on page 37
•
”SAS Line Not Registered with the Proxy Server” section on page 37
Music On Hold
On a connected call, the Linksys ATA device may place the remote party on hold by performing a hook-flash to initiate a three-way call or by swapping two calls during call-waiting. If the remote client indicates that it can still receive audio while the call is holding, the Linksys ATA device can be configured to contact an auto-answering streaming audio server (SAS) to stream audio to the holding party. When used this way, the SAS is referred to as an MOH Server.
Using a Streaming Audio Server
The SAS feature lets you use attach an audio source to one of the Linksys ATA device FXS ports
(Phone 1 or Phone 2 on the PAP2T) and use it as a streaming audio source device. The corresponding Line (1 or 2) can be configured as a streaming audio server (SAS). If the Linksys
ATA device has multiple FXS ports, either or both of the associated lines (Line 1 and Line 2 on the PAP2T) can be configured as an SAS server.
To connect an external music source to an FXS port, use a media signal adapter, which provides a line in from a media source and a RJ-11 port for connecting to the FXS port on the Linksys ATA device. The following is a URL for a device that has been tested with Linksys ATA devices: http://www.neogadgets.com/cart/ cart.php?target=product&product_id=17&substring=music+coupler
After installing the music source using the media signal adapter and completing the required configuration on the Linksys ATA device, when the line is called and the FXS port is off hook, the
Linksys ATA device answers the call automatically and streams audio to the caller.
If the FXS port is on-hook when the incoming call arrives, the Linksys ATA device replies with a
SIP 503 response code (Service Not Available). The SAS line will not ring for incoming calls even if the attached equipment is on-hook.
If an incoming call is auto-answered, but later the FXS port changes to on-hook, the SPA does not terminate the call but continues to stream silence packets to the caller. If an incoming call arrives when the SAS line has reached full capacity, the SPA replies with a SIP 486 response
(Busy Here).
The SAS line can be set up to refresh each streaming audio session periodically using a SIP re-
INVITE message, which detects if the connection to the caller is down. If the caller does not
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 35
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Configuring a Streaming Audio Server
respond to the refresh message, the SAS line terminates the call so that the streaming resource can be used for other callers.
Considerations:
Each SAS server can maintain up to five simultaneous calls. If the second line on the Linksys ATA device is disabled, then the SAS line can maintain up to 10 simultaneous calls. Further incoming calls will receive a busy signal (SIP 486 Response).
If no calls are in session, battery is removed from tip-and-ring of the FXS port. Some audio source devices have an LED to indicate the battery status. This can be used as a visual indication as to whether audio streaming is in progress.
Set up the Proxy and Subscriber Information for the SAS Line as you normally would with a regular user account.
Call Forwarding, Call Screening, Call Blocking, DND, and Caller-ID Delivery features are not available on an SAS line.
Using the IVR with an SAS Line
The IVR can still be used on an SAS line, but the user needs to follow the following steps:
1. Power off the Linksys ATA device.
2. Connect a phone to the port and make sure the phone is on-hook.
3. Power on the Linksys ATA device.
4. Pick up handset and press * * * * to invoke IVR in the usual way.
If the Linksys ATA device boots and finds that the SAS line is on-hook, it will not remove battery from the line so that IVR may be used. But if the Linksys ATA device boots up and finds that the
SAS line is off-hook, it will remove battery from the line because no audio session is in progress.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 36
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Configuring a Streaming Audio Server
Example SAS with MOH
SPA1:
IP=192.168.2.100
UserID[1]=1001, SIP Port[1]=5060
UserID[1]=1002, SIP Port[1]=5061
SPA2:
IP=192.168.2.200
UserID[1]=2001, SIP Port[1]=5060
UserID[1]=2002, SIP Port[1]=5061
IP Network
Phone 1
Phone 2
Phone 1
Phone 2
Media signal adapter
Line in
Music source
The above configuration shows MOH Application with a Linksys ATA device Line Configured as an SAS. The examples that follow are based on the configuration shown in above example.
SAS Line Registered with the Proxy Server
In this example, the SAS Line is registered with the Proxy Server as the other subscribers.
On Linksys ATA device 1:
SAS Enable[1] = no
MOH Server [1] = 1002
SAS Enable[2] = yes
On Linksys ATA 2:
SAS Enable[1] = no
MOH Server [1] = 1002
SAS Enable[2] = no
MOH Server [2] = 1002
SAS Line Not Registered with the Proxy Server
In this example, the SAS Line is not registered with the Proxy Server for the other subscribers.
On Linksys ATA device 1:
SAS Enable[1] = no
MOH Server [1] = [email protected]:5061 or [email protected]:5061
SAS Enable[2] = yes
On Linksys ATA device 2:
SAS Enable[1] = no
MOH Server [1] = [email protected]:5061
SAS Enable[2] = no
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 37
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
MOH Server [2] = [email protected]:5061
Configuring the Streaming Audio Server
The following provides step-by-step procedures for implementing an SAS with an external music source.
1. Connect an RJ-11 adapter between the music source and an FXS port on the Linksys ATA device (Phone 1 or Phone 2).
2. On the Web Configuration Utility, click the SIP tab and scroll down to the Streaming Audio
Server section.
3. On the SAS Enable pull-down selection list, select yes.
4. In the MOH Server field of the Call Feature Settings section, enter the User ID configured for the line attached to the audio source.
If the line is not registered with the SIP proxy, enter the IP address and SIP port number configured for the line.
5. Click Submit All Changes.
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
NOTE: T.38 Fax is only supported on the SPA2102, SPA3102, and the SPA8000. The SPA2102 and
SPA3102 support a single connection, while the SPA8000 supports one connection for each pair of ports (1/2, 3/4, 5/6, and 7/8) for a maximum of four connections.
To optimize fax completion rates, complete the following steps:
1. Upgrade the Linksys ATA firmware to the latest version
2. Ensure that you have enough bandwidth for uplink and downlink.
• For G.711 fallback, it is recommend to have approximately 100Kbps.
• For T.38, allocate at least 50 kbps.
3. To optimize G.711 fallback fax completion rates, set the following on the Line tab of your
Linksys ATA:
• Network Jitter Buffer: very high
• Jitter buffer adjustment: disable
• Call Waiting: no
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 38
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
• 3 Way Calling: no
• Echo Canceller: no
• Silence suppression: no
• Preferred Codec: G.711
• Use pref. codec only: yes
4. If you are using a Cisco media gateway for PSTN termination, disable T.38 (fax relay) and enable fax using modem passthrough.
For example: modem passthrough nse payload-type 110 codec g711ulaw fax rate disable fax protocol pass-through g711ulaw
5. Enable T.38 fax on the SPA 2102 by configuring the following parameter on the Line tab for the FXS port to which the FAX machine is connected:
FAX_Passthru_Method: ReINVITE
NOTE: If a T.38 call cannot be set-up, then the call should automatically revert to G.711 fallback.
6. If you are using a Cisco media gateway use the following settings:
Make sure the Cisco gateway is correctly configured for T.38 with the SPA dial peer. For example: fax protocol T38 fax rate voice fax-relay ecm disable fax nsf 000000 no vad
Fax Troubleshooting
If have problems sending or receiving faxes, complete the following steps:
1. Verify that your fax machine is set to a speed between 7200 and 14400.
2. Send a test fax in a controlled environment between two Linksys ATAs.
3. Determine the success rate.
4. Monitor the network and record the following statistics:
• Jitter
• Loss
• Delay
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 39
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
5. If faxes fail consistently, capture a copy of the web interface settings by selecting Save As >
Web page, complete from the Web Configuration Utility page. You can send this configuration file to Technical Support.
6. Enable and capture the debug log. For instructions, refer to
Configuration FAQ” section on page 129
.
NOTE: You may also capture data using a sniffer trace.
7. Identify the type of Fax machine connected to the Linksys ATA.
8. Contact technical support.
If you are an end user of Linksys VoIP products, contact the reseller or Internet telephony service provider (ITSP) that supplied the equipment.
If you are an authorized Linksys Voice System partner, contact Linksys technical support.
Network Address Translation
This section describes issues that arise when using a Linksys ATA device on a network behind a network address translation (NAT) device. It includes the following topics:
•
”NAT Overview” section on page 40
•
”NAT Types” section on page 41
•
”Simple Traversal of UDP Through NAT” section on page 42
•
”SIP-NAT Interoperation” section on page 43
NAT Overview
Network Address Translation (NAT) allows multiple devices to share the same public, routable,
IP address for establishing connections over the Internet. NAT is typically performed by a router that forwards packets between the Internet and the internal, private network.
A typical application of a NAT is to allow all the devices in a subscriber home network to access the Internet through a router with a single public IP address assigned by an ISP. The IP header of the packets sent from the private network to the public network is substituted by NAT with the public IP address and a port assigned by the router. The receiver of the packets on the public network sees the packets as coming from the external address instead of the private address of the device.
The association between a private address and port and a public address and port is called a
NAT mapping. This mapping is maintained for a short period of time, that varies from a few seconds to several minutes. The expiration time is extended whenever the mapping is used to send a packet from the source device.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 40
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
Private IP address
192.168.1.1
Linksys ATA NAT Device
External IP address assigned by ISP
ISP
Internet
192.168.1.100
DHCP server
ITSP
Session Border
Controller
(or outbound proxy)
The ITSP may support NAT mapping using a Session Border Controller (SBC) or an outbound proxy (see above figure). An SBC is the preferred option because it eliminates the need for managing NAT on the Linksys ATA device. If this is not available, you can set an outbound proxy.
If an outbound proxy is required, you will need to discuss with your ITSP which of the following
NAT support parameters you’ll need to set:
Parameter Tab
Outbound Proxy Line
STUN Server SIP
STUN Enable
STUN Test
Enable
SIP
SIP
Description
SIP Outbound Proxy Server where all outbound requests are sent as the first hop.
IP address or fully-qualified domain name of the
STUN server to contact for NAT mapping discovery.
Values
—
—
Enables the use of STUN to discover NAT mapping.
Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
Yes/No
If the STUN Enable feature is enabled and a valid
STUN server is available, the Linksys ATA device can perform a NAT-type discovery operation when it powers on. It contacts the configured STUN server, and the result of the discovery is reported in a
Warning header in all subsequent REGISTER requests.
Yes/No
NAT Types
The different ways that NAT is implemented is sometimes divided into the following categories:
• Full cone NAT—Also known as one-to-one NAT. All requests from the same internal IP address and port are mapped to the same external IP address and port. An external host can send a packet to the internal host, by sending a packet to the mapped external address
• Restricted cone NAT—All requests from the same internal IP address and port are mapped to the same external IP address and port. Unlike a full cone NAT, an external host can send a packet to the internal host only if the internal host had previously sent a packet to it.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 41
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
• Port restricted cone NAT/symmetric NAT—Port restricted cone NAT or symmetric NAT is like a restricted cone NAT, but the restriction includes port numbers. Specifically, an external host can send a packet to a particular port on the internal host only if the internal host had previously sent a packet from that port to the external host.
With symmetric NAT all requests from the same internal IP address and port to a specific destination IP address and port are mapped to a unique external source IP address and port. If the same internal host sends a packet with the same source address and port to a different destination, a different mapping is used. Only an external host that receives a packet can send a
UDP packet back to the internal host.
Simple Traversal of UDP Through NAT
Simple Traversal of UDP through NATs (STUN) is a protocol defined by RFC 3489, that allows a client behind a NAT device to find out its public address, the type of NAT it is behind, and the port associated on the Internet connection with a particular local port. This information is used to set up UDP communication between two hosts that are both behind NAT routers. Open source STUN software can be obtained at the following website: http://www.voip-info.org/wiki-Open+Source+VOIP+Software
STUN does not work with a symmetric NAT router. To determine the type of NAT your router uses, complete the following steps:
1. Enable debugging on the Linksys ATA device.
NOTE: Make sure you do not have firewall running on your PC that could block the syslog port
(by default this is 514).
2. On the Web Configuration Utility, System tab, set the Debug Server parameter to the IP address and port number of your syslog server.
NOTE: The address and port number have to be reachable from the Linksys ATA.
3. Set the Debug level parameter to 3 but you do not need to change the value of the syslog
server parameter.
4. To capture SIP signaling messages, under the Line tab, set the parameter SIP Debug Option to Full. The output is named syslog.514.log.
5. To determine the type of NAT your router is using set the parameter STUN Test Enable to yes.
6. View the syslog messages to determine if your network uses symmetric NAT or not.
Parameter
Debug Server
Tab
System
Linksys ATA Administration Guide
Description
The debug server name and port. This feature specifies the server for logging Linksys ATA device debug information. The level of detailed output depends on the debug level parameter setting.
Values
—
42
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
Debug Level
STUN Test
Enable
SIP Debug
Option
System
SIP
Line
The higher the debug level, the more debug information is generated. Zero (0) means no debug information is generated. To log SIP messages,
Debug Level must be set to at least 2.
The default is 0.
If the STUN Enable feature is enabled and a valid
STUN server is available, the Linksys ATA device can perform a NAT-type discovery operation when it powers on. It contacts the configured STUN server, and the result of the discovery is reported in a
Warning header in all subsequent REGISTER requests.
Yes/No
SIP messages are received at or sent from the proxy listen port. This feature controls which SIP messages to log.
For this case, set to Full.
SIP-NAT Interoperation
In the case of SIP, the addresses where messages/data should be sent to a Linksys ATA device system are embedded in the SIP messages sent by the device. If the Linksys ATA device system is sitting behind a NAT device, the private IP address assigned to it is not usable for communications with the SIP entities outside the private network.
NOTE: If the ITSP offers an outbound NAT-Aware proxy, this discovers the public IP address from the remote endpoint and eliminates the need to modify the SIP message from the UAC.
The Linksys ATA device system must substitute the private IP address information with the proper external IP address/port in the mapping chosen by the underlying NAT to communicate with a particular public peer address/port. For this, the Linksys ATA device system needs to perform the following tasks:
• Discover the NAT mappings used to communicate with the peer.
This can be done with the help of an external device, such as a STUN server. A STUN server responds to a special NAT-Mapping-Discovery request by sending back a message to the source IP address/port of the request, where the message contains the source IP address/port of the original request. The Linksys ATA device can send this request when it first attempts to communicate with a SIP entity over the Internet. It then stores the mapping discovery results returned by the server.
• Communicate the NAT mapping information to the external SIP entities.
If the entity is a SIP Registrar, the information should be carried in the Contact header that overwrites the private address/port information. If the entity is another SIP UA when establishing a call, the information should be carried in the Contact header as well as in the SDP embedded in SIP message bodies.
The VIA header in outbound SIP requests might also need to be substituted with the public address if the UAS relies on it to route back responses.
• Extend the discovered NAT mappings by sending keep-alive packets.
Because the mapping is alive only for a short period, the Linksys ATA device system continues to send periodic keep-alive packets through the mapping to extend its validity as necessary.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 43
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Managing Caller ID Service
Managing Caller ID Service
The choice of caller ID (CID) method is dependent on your area/region. To configure CID, use the following parameters:
Parameter Tab
Caller ID Method Regional
Caller ID FSK
Standard
Regional
Description and Value
The following choices are available:
• Bellcore (N.Amer,China)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after first ring
(same as ETSI FSK sent after first ring) (no polarity reversal or DTAS).
• DTMF (Finland, Sweden)—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no DTAS) and before first ring.
• DTMF (Denmark)—CID only. DTMF sentbefore first ring with no polarity reversal and no DTAS.
• ETSI DTMF—CID only. DTMF sent after DTAS (and no polarity reversal) and before first ring.
• ETSI DTMF With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring.
• ETSI DTMF After Ring—CID only. DTMF sent after first ring (no polarity reversal or DTAS).
• ETSI FSK—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after DTAS (but no polarity reversal) and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for CIDCW.
• ETSI FSK With PR (UK)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK is sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for
CIDCW. Polarity reversal is applied only if equipment is on hook.
• DTMF (Denmark) With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no DTAS) and before first ring.
The default is Bellcore(N.Amer, China).
The Linksys ATA device supports bell 202 and v.23 standards for caller ID generation. Select the FSK standard you want to use, bell 202 or v.23.
The default is bell 202.
This field is not found in the PAP2T.
The types of Caller ID are as follows:
• On Hook Caller ID Associated with Ringing — This type of Caller ID is used for incoming calls when the attached phone is on hook. See the following figure (a) – (c). All CID methods can be applied for this type of CID.
• On Hook Caller ID Not Associated with Ringing — This feature is used to send VMWI signal to the phone to turn the message waiting light on and off (see Figure 1 (d) and
(e)). This is available only for FSK-based CID methods: (Bellcore, ETSI FSK, and ETSI FSK
With PR).
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 44
Configuring Linksys ATA Features
Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation
• Off Hook Caller ID — This is used to delivery caller-id on incoming calls when the attached phone is off hook (see the following figure). This can be call waiting caller ID
(CIDCW) or to notify the user that the far end party identity has changed or updated
(such as due to a call transfer). This is available only for FSK-based CID methods:
(Bellcore, ETSI FSK, and ETSI FSK With PR).
a) Bellcore/ETSI Onhook Post-Ring FSK
First
Ring b) ETSI Onhook Post-Ring DTMF
First
Ring c) ETSI Onhook Pre-Ring FSK/DTMF
Polarity
Reversal
CAS
(DTAS) d) Bellcore Onhook FSK w/o Ring
OSI e) ETSI Onhook FSK w/o Ring
Polarity
Reversal
CAS
(DTAS) f) Bellcore/ETSI Offhook FSK
CAS
(DTAS)
Wait For
ACK
FSK
DTMF
DTMF/
FSK
FSK
FSK
FSK
First
Ring
Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation
Voice Activity Detection (VAD) with Silence Suppression is a means of increasing the number of calls supported by the network by reducing the required bandwidth for a single call. VAD uses a sophisticated algorithm to distinguish between speech and non-speech signals. Based on the current and past statistics, the VAD algorithm decides whether or not speech is present. If the
VAD algorithm decides speech is not present, the silence suppression and comfort noise generation is activated. This is accomplished by removing and not transmitting the natural silence that occurs in normal two-way connection. The IP bandwidth is used only when someone is speaking. During the silent periods of a telephone call, additional bandwidth is available for other voice calls or data traffic because the silence packets are not being transmitted across the network.
Comfort Noise Generation provides artificially-generated background white noise (sounds), designed to reassure callers that their calls are still connected during silent periods. If Comfort
Noise Generation is not used, the caller may think the call has been disconnected because of the “dead silence” periods created by the VAD and Silence Suppression feature.
Silence suppression is configured in the Line and PSTN Line tabs. See
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 45
5
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway
(AG310 and SPA3102)
This chapter describes how to configure the PSTN gateway provided by Linksys ATAs devices with one or more FXO ports, which includes the AG310 and SPA3102 devices. It includes the following sections:
•
”Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services” section on page 46
•
”How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work” section on page 47
•
”How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work” section on page 49
•
”Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN” section on page 51
•
”Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN Lines” section on page 52
•
”Other Options” section on page 53
•
”Call Scenarios” section on page 54
Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services
The SPA3102 and AG310 devices have the following ports for connection to telephony devices:
• FXS port (Phone)—Connect to a standard analog telephone or fax machine, configured using the Line tab.
• FXO port (Line)—Connect to a standard telephone wall jack for connectivity to the
PSTN, configured using the PSTN Line tab.
Line 1 does not provide a gateway because it provides only VoIP service. The VoIP-To-PSTN calling function is referred to as a PSTN gateway, and the PSTN-To-VoIP calling function is referred to as a VoIP gateway. Note the following definitions:
• VoIP caller—One who calls the Linksys ATA device via VoIP to obtain PSTN service
• VoIP user—VoIP caller that has a user account (user-id and password) on the Linksys ATA device
• PSTN caller—One who calls the Linksys ATA device from the PSTN to obtain VoIP service
Line 1 can be configured with a regular VoIP account and can be used in the same way as the
Line 1 of any Linksys ATA.
With the SPA3102 and AG310 devices, a second VoIP account can be configured to support
PSTN gateway calls exclusively. A different SIP port should be assigned to Line 1 and the PSTN
Line. The same VoIP account may be used for both Line 1 and the PSTN Line if a different SIP port is assigned to each.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 46
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work
VoIP callers can be authenticated by one of the following methods:
• No Authentication—All callers are accepted for service.
• PIN—Caller is prompted to enter a PIN right after the call is answered.
• HTTP digest—SIP INVITE must contain a valid authorization header.
PSTN callers can be authenticated by one of the following methods:
• No authentication—All callers are accepted for service.
• PIN—Caller is prompted to enter a PIN right after the call is answered.
How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work
To obtain PSTN services through the SPA3102 or AG310 devices, the VoIP caller establishes a connection with the PSTN Line by way of a standard SIP INVITE request addressed to the PSTN
Line. The PSTN Line can be configured to support one-stage and two-stage dialing as described in the following sections.
One-Stage Dialing
One-stage dialing allows a call to be started over VoIP and then immediately get a dial tone on the PSTN.
To use one-stage dialing, the Request-URI of the INVITE to the PSTN Line should have the form
<Dialed-Number>@<SPA-Address>, where <Dialed-Number> is the number dialed by the VoIP caller, and <SPA-Address> is a valid address of the SPA3102 or AG310 device, such as
10.0.0.100:5061.
If the FXO port is currently in use (off-hook) or the PSTN line is being used by another extension, the Linksys ATA device replies to the INVITE with a 503 response. Otherwise, it compares the
<Dialed-Number> with the User ID parameter of the PSTN Line. If they are the same, the Linksys
ATA device interprets this as a request for two-stage dialing (see the
”Two-Stage Dialing” section on page 48
). If they are different, the Linksys ATA device processes the <Dialed-Number> using the corresponding <Dial Plan>.
If dial plan processing fails, the Linksys ATA device replies with a 403 response. Otherwise, it replies with a 200 and at the same time takes the FXO port off hook and dials the target number returned after processing the dial plan.
NOTE: If the User ID parameter on the PSTN Line is blank, the Register parameter should be disabled for the PSTN Line.
If HTTP Digest Authentication is enabled, the Linksys ATA device challenges the INVITE with a
401 response if it does not have a valid Authorization header. The Authorization header should include a <User ID
n
> parameter, where n refers to one of eight VoIP user accounts that can be configured on the Linksys ATA device. The credentials are computed based on the corresponding password using Message Digest 5 (MD5). The <User ID
n
> parameter must
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 47
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work
match one of the VoIP accounts stored on the Linksys ATA device. Each VoIP user account contains the information listed below.
Parameter
User ID 1/2/3/4/
5/6/7/8
Password 1/2/3/
4/5/6/7/8
User 1/2/3/4/5/
6/7/8 DP
Tab Description
PSTN Line The username value.
PSTN Line The password value.
Values
31-character string
31-character string
PSTN Line Specifies the dial plan to be used for this VoIP user. If
0, dial plan processing is disabled; the given target number is dialed to the PSTN as is.
Choice of 0-8
NOTE: If Authentication is disabled, a default dial plan is used for all unknown VoIP users.
Two-Stage Dialing
In two-stage dialing, the Linksys ATA device takes the FXO port off-hook but does not automatically dial any digits after accepting the call. To invoke two-stage dialing, the VoIP caller should INVITE the PSTN Line without the user-id in the Request-URI or with a user-id that matches exactly the <User ID
n
> of the PSTN Line. A different user-id in the Request-URI is treated as a request for one-stage dialing if one-stage dialing is enabled, or dropped by the
Linksys ATA device (as if no user-id is given) if one-stage dialing is disabled.
NOTE: If Authentication is disabled, a default dial plan is assigned to all VoIP callers.
HTTP Digest Authentication can be also used for two-stage dialing, as in one-stage dialing. If using HTTP Digest Authentication or Authentication is disabled, the VoIP caller should hear the
PSTN dial tone right after the call is answered (by a SIP 200 response).
If PIN Authentication is enabled, the VoIP caller is prompted to enter a PIN number after the
Linksys ATA device answers the call. The PIN number must end with a # key. The inter-PIN-digit timeout is 10 seconds (not configurable). Up to eight VoIP caller PIN numbers can be configured on the Linksys ATA device. A dial plan can be selected for each PIN number. If the caller enters a wrong PIN or the Linksys ATA device times out waiting for more PIN digits, the
Linksys ATA device tears down the call immediately with a BYE request.
NOTE: When the source address of the INVITE is 127.0.0.1, authentication is automatically disabled because this is a call by the local user. This applies to both one-stage and two-stage dialing.
The following table lists the parameters used in two-stage dialing.
Parameter
VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/
5/6/7/8 PIN
VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/
5/6/7/8 DP
Tab
PSTN
Line
PSTN
Line
Description
The PIN for VoIP Caller 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
Values
31-character string
Specifies which dial plan to be used for this VoIP caller. If 0, dial plan processing is disabled; the given target number is dialed to the PSTN as is.
Choice of 1 to 8
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 48
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work
How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work
PSTN-To-VoIP calls can be made with two-stage dialing only. The only authentication method available is the PIN method.
The Linksys ATA device takes the FXO port off hook after a configurable number of rings. If PIN
Authentication is enabled, it prompts the caller to enter the PIN number followed by a # key.
The Inter-PIN-digit timeout is set at 10 seconds. Up to eight PSTN PIN numbers can be configured in the Linksys ATA device. If the given PIN does not match any of the PSTN PIN values, the Linksys ATA device plays the reorder tone to the FXO port for up to 10 seconds, and then takes the FXO port on-hook. If the given PIN matches one of PSTN PIN values, the Linksys
ATA device plays dial tone to the FXO port and is ready to accept digits for the target VoIP number from the PSTN caller. The collected digits are processed by the dial plan associated with the PIN number.
NOTE: If Authentication is disabled, a default dial plan is used for all PSTN callers.
Terminating Gateway Calls
There are two call legs in a PSTN gateway call: the PSTN call leg and the VoIP call leg. A gateway call is terminated when either call leg is ended. When the call terminates, the FXO port goes onhook so the PSTN line can be used again. The Linksys ATA device detects that the PSTN call leg is ended when one of the following conditions occurs during a call:
• The PSTN Line voltage drops to a very low value (this occurs if the line is disconnected from the PSTN service or if the PSTN switch provides a CPC signal).
• A polarity reversal or disconnect tone is detected at the FXO port.
• There is no voice activity for a configurable period of time in either direction at the FXO port.
When any of the above conditions occur, the Linksys ATA device takes the FXO port on hook and sends a BYE request to end the VoIP call leg. On the other hand, when the Linksys ATA device receives a SIP BYE from the VoIP during a call, it takes the FXO port on hook to end the
PSTN call leg.
In addition, the Linksys ATA device can also send a refresh signal periodically to the VoIP call leg to determine whether the call leg is still up. If a refresh operation fails, the Linksys ATA device ends both call legs.
The following table lists parameters for terminating gateway calls.
Parameter
Detect CPC
Detect Long Silence
Tab
PSTN
Line
PSTN
Line
Description
If yes, the Linksys ATA device detects CPC as a disconnect signal.
If yes, the Linksys ATA device detects prolonged silence period as a disconnect signal.
Values
Yes or No
The default is
Yes.
Yes or No
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 49
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work
Long Silence Duration:
Disconnect Tone:
Detect Polarity Reversal:
PSTN
Line
PSTN
Line
PSTN
Line
Detect Disconnect Tone: PSTN
Silence Threshold:
Line
PSTN
Line
The minimum duration of continuous silence before the
Linksys ATA device disconnects the call, if the Detect (PSTN)
Long Silence parameter is enabled.
10-255
The default is
30(s).
Tone Script of the disconnect tone to detect. The Linksys
ATA device supports two frequency components. If the tone has only one frequency, use the same value for both frequencies.
Each cadence segment must have the same frequency.
The level value is the threshold to detect each tone.
The total duration is the minimum duration of the tone to be recognized as the disconnect tone
ToneScript
The default is
480@-
30,620@-
30;4(.25/.25/
1+2)”
If yes, the Linksys ATA device interprets polarity reversal as a disconnect signal.
On an inbound PSTN call, Linksys ATA device disconnects on the first polarity reversal. On an outbound PSTN call,
Linksys ATA device disconnects on the second polarity reversal (because the first polarity reversal indicates the outbound call is connected).
If yes, the Linksys ATA device interprets the disconnect tone as specified in the Disconnect Tone parameter as the disconnect signal.
Yes or No
The default is
Yes.
This is the signal energy threshold. Below this threshold is considered silence.
Yes or No
The default is
Yes.
very low, low, medium, high, very high
The default is
Medium.
VoIP Outbound Call Routing
Calls made from Line 1 are routed through the configured Line 1 service provider, by default.
You can override this behavior by IP dialing, through which the calls can be routed to any IP address entered by the user. The Linksys ATA device allows flexible call routing with four sets of gateway parameters and configurable dial plans. The following table lists VoIP outbound call routing parameters.
Parameter
Gateway 1
GW1 Nat
Mapping Enable
GW1 User ID
GW2 Password
Tab
Line 1
Line 1
Line 1
Line 1
Description
Fully qualified domain name (or IP address) of a gateway. If the port number is not specified, 5060 is assumed.
Values
Domain name or IP address.
The default is blank.
Whether to enable NAT mapping when using
Gateway 1.
The authentication user name when using Gateway
1.
Yes or No
The default is no.
31-character string
The default is blank.
The authentication password when using Gateway 1. 31-character string.
The default is blank.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 50
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN
Gateways 1 to 4 can be specified in a dial plan with the special identifier gw1, gw2, gw3, or gw4.
Also, gw0 represents the internal PSTN gateway via the FXO port. You can specify in the dial plan to use gwx (x = 0,1,2,3,4) when making certain calls. In general, you can specify any gateway address in the dial plan. In addition, three parameters are added that can be used with call routing:
• usr—User-id used for authentication with the given gateway
• pwd—Password used for authentication with the given gateway
• nat—Enable or disable NAT mapping when calling the gateway
The following table lists some examples.
Example
<9,:>xx.<:@gw1
[93]11<:@gw0>
<8,:1408>xxxxxxx<:@pstn.Linksys.com:506
1;usr=joe;pwd=joe_pwd;nat>
<8,:1408>xxxxxxx<:@gw2:5061;usr=”Alex
Bell”;pwd=”anything”;nat=no>
Description
Dial 9 to start outside dial tone, followed by one or more digits, and route the call to Gateway 1.
Route 911 and 311 calls to the local PSTN gateway
Dial 8 to start outside dial tone, prepend 1408 followed by seven digits, and route the call to pstn.Linksys.com:5061, with user-id = joe, and pwd = bell_pwd, and enable NAT mapping
Dial 8 to start outside dial tone, prepend 1408 followed by seven digits, and route the call to Gateway 2, but use the given port, user-id, and password, and no pstn.Linksys.com:5061, and with user-id =
“Alex Bell” and pwd = bell_pwd, and disable NAT mapping
You can set up multiple PSTN gateways at different locations and configure Line 1 to use a different gateway when dialing specific numbers.
Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN
When power is disconnected from the SPA3102 or AG310 device, the FXS port is connected to the FXO port. In this case, the telephone attached to the FXS port is electrically connected to the PSTN service via the FXO port. When power is applied to the Linksys ATA device, the FXS port is disconnected from the FXO port. However, if the PSTN line is in use when the power is applied to the Linksys ATA device, the relay is not flipped until the PSTN line is released. This is done so that the Linksys ATA device does not interrupt any call in progress on the PSTN line.
When Line 1 VoIP service is down (because of registration failure or loss of network link), the
Linksys ATA device can be configured to automatically route all outbound calls to the internal gateway using the parameter listed below.
Parameter
Auto PSTN Fallback
Tab
Line 1
Description
If enabled, the Linksys ATA device automatically routes outbound calls to Gateway 0 when registration fails or network link is down.
Value
The default is
yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 51
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN Lines
Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN
Lines
Both the FXS (Line 1) and FXO (PSTN Line) can to receive incoming calls for a single VoIP account if they are different ports. Consider the following:
• If the service provider allows multiple registration contacts and simultaneous ringing, both lines can register periodically with the service provider. In this case, both lines receive inbound calls to this VoIP account. The PSTN Line should be configured with a sufficiently long answer delay before the call is automatically answered to allow for the function of the PSTN gateway.
• If the service provider does not allow more than one register contact, the PSTN Line should not register. In this case, only Line 1 rings on the inbound call to this VoIP account because it is the only line registered with the service provider.
• Line 1 can have the call forwarded to the PSTN Line after a few seconds using the Call-
Forward-On-No-Answer feature with gw0 as the forward destination. Similarly, Line 1 can apply Call-Forward-All, Call-Forward-On-Busy, and Call-Forward-Selective feature, and direct the caller to the PSTN-Gateway.
• Only PIN authentication is allowed when a VoIP caller is forwarded to the PSTN-gateway from Line 1. If HTTP Authentication is used, the caller is not authenticated.
• When using the Forward-To-GW0 feature, you can forward the caller to a specific PSTN number, using the syntax <PSTN-number>@gw0 in the forward destination. When using this with Call-Forward-Selective, you can develop some interesting applications. For example, you can forward all callers with 408 area code to 14081234567, or all callers with 800 area code to 18005558355 (This is the number for Tell Me). When this syntax is used, authentication is not used and the target PSTN number is automatically dialed by the Linksys ATA device after the caller is forwarded to gw0.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 52
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Other Options
Other Options
This section describes other options provided by the Linksys ATA device. It includes the following topics:
•
”PSTN Call to Ring Line 1” section on page 53
•
”Symmetric RTP” section on page 53
•
”Call Progress Tones” section on page 53
PSTN Call to Ring Line 1
This feature allows a PSTN caller to ring Line 1. When the PSTN line rings, the PSTN Line makes a local VoIP call to Line 1. If Line 1 is busy, it stops. After a given number of rings, the VoIP gateway picks up the call.
Symmetric RTP
The Symmetric RTP parameter is used to send audio RTP to the source IP and port of the inbound RTP packets. This facilitates NAT traversal.
The following table lists symmetric RTP parameters.
Parameter
Symmetric RTP
Symmetric RTP
Tab Description Values
Line 1 Enable symmetric RTP operation. If enabled, the Linksys ATA device sends RTP packets to the source address of the last received valid inbound RTP packet. If disabled, the Linksys ATA device sends RTP to the destination as indicated in the inbound
SDP.
Yes or
No
The default is yes.
PSTN Line Same as above for the PSTN line. Yes or
No
The default is yes.
Call Progress Tones
The Linksys ATA has configurable call progress tones. Call progress tones are generated locally on the ATA, so an end user is advised of status (such as ringback). Parameters for each type of tone (for instance a dial tone played back to an end user) may include:
• number of frequency components
• frequency and amplitude of each component
• cadence information.
When one VoIP account is shared between the FXS and PSTN Lines, the following parameters
are recommended to be set. See the Regional tab in the
”Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference,” on page 66
for these and other call progress tone parameters.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 53
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Call Scenarios
Call Progress Tone
VoIP PIN Tone
PSTN PIN Tone
Outside Dial Tone
Description
This tone is played to prompt a VoIP caller to enter a PIN number.
This tone is played to prompt a PSTN caller to enter a PIN number.
During two-stage PSTN-gateway dialing and with a dial plan assigned, the Linksys
ATA device collects digits from the VoIP caller and processes the number using the dial plan. The Linksys ATA device plays the Outside Dial Tone to prompt the VoIP caller to enter the PSTN number. This tone should be specified to sound different from the
PSTN dial tone.
Call Scenarios
This section describes some typical scenarios where the Linksys ATA device can be applied.
Some terms are introduced in the first few sections and reused in later sections. This section includes the following topics:
•
”PSTN to VoIP Call with and Without Ring-Thru” section on page 54
•
”VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without Authentication” section on page 55
•
”Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway” section on page 57
•
”User Dialing 9 to Access PSTN-Gateway for Local Calls” section on page 58
•
”Using the PSTN-Gateway for 311 and 911 Calls” section on page 58
•
”Auto-Fallback to the PSTN-Gateway” section on page 59
PSTN to VoIP Call with and Without Ring-Thru
The PSTN caller calls the PSTN line connected to the FXO port. Ring-Thru is disabled. After the call rings for a delay equal to the value in PSTN Answer Delay, the VoIP gateway answers the call and prompts the PSTN caller to enter a PIN number (assuming PIN authentication is enabled).
After a valid PIN is entered, the caller is prompted to dial the VoIP number. A dial plan is selected according to the PIN number entered by the caller. If authentication is disabled, the default PSTN dial plan is used. Note than the dial plan choice cannot be 0 for a PSTN caller.
NOTE: A PSTN Access List in terms of Caller ID (ANI) patterns can be configured into the Linksys
ATA device to automatically grant access to the PSTN caller without entering the PIN. In this case, the default PSTN dial plan is also used.
The same scenario can be implemented using Ring-Thru. When the PSTN line rings, Line 1 rings also. This feature is called Ring-Thru. If Line 1 is picked up before the VoIP gateway autoanswers, it is connected to the PSTN call. Line 1 hears a call waiting tone if it is already connected to another call.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 54
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Call Scenarios
VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without Authentication
This section describes three scenarios with and without authentication and includes the following topics:
•
”Using PIN Authentication” section on page 55
•
”Using HTTP Digest Authentication” section on page 55
•
”Without Authentication” section on page 56
Using PIN Authentication
This scenario assumes that the PSTN Line has a different VoIP account than the Line 1 account.
The VoIP caller calls the FXO number, which auto-answers after VoIP Answer Delay. The Linksys
ATA device then prompts the VoIP caller for a PIN. When a valid PIN is entered, the SPA3102 or
AG310 device plays the Outside Dial Tone and prompts the caller to dial the PSTN number.
The number dialed is processed by the dial plan corresponding to the VoIP caller. If the dial plan choice is 0, no dial plan is needed and the user hears the PSTN dial tone right after the PIN is entered. If the dial plan choice is not 0, the final number returned from the dial plan after the complete number is dialed by the caller is dialed to the PSTN. The caller does not hear the PSTN dial tone (except for a little leakage before the first digit of the final number is auto-dialed by the Linksys ATA device).
If the PSTN Line is busy (off-hook, ringing, or PSTN line not connected) when the VoIP caller calls, the Linksys ATA device replies with 503. If the PIN number is invalid or entered after the
VoIP call leg is connected, the Linksys ATA device plays the reorder tone to the VoIP caller and eventually ends the call when the reorder tone times out.
NOTE: If VoIP Caller ID Pattern is specified and the VoIP caller ID does not match any of the given patterns, the Linksys ATA device rejects the call with a 403. This rule applies regardless of the authentication method, even when the source IP address of the INVITE request is in the VoIP
Access List .
Using HTTP Digest Authentication
The same scenario can be implemented with HTTP digest authentication when the calling device supports the configuration of a auth-ID and password to access the Linksys ATA device
PSTN gateway. When the VoIP caller calls the PSTN Line, the Linksys ATA device challenges the
INVITE request with a 401 response. The calling device should then provide the correct credentials in a subsequent retry of the INVITE, computed with the auth-ID and password using
MD5.
If the credentials are correct, the target number specified in the user-id field of the INVITE
Request-URI is processed by the dial plan corresponding to the VoIP user (assuming the dial plan choice is not 0). The final number is then auto-dialed by the Linksys ATA device.
If the credentials are incorrect, the Linksys ATA device challenges the INVITE again. If the auth-
ID does not exist in the Linksys ATA device configuration, the Linksys ATA device replies 403 to the INVITE. If the target number is invalid according to the corresponding dial plan, the Linksys
ATA device also replies 403 to the INVITE. Again, if the PSTN Line is busy at the time of the call, the Linksys ATA device replies 503.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 55
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Call Scenarios
NOTE: HTTP Digest Authentication is one way to perform one-stage dialing of a VoIP-To-PSTN call. The other way is with no authentication require. However, if the target number is not specified in the Request-URI or the number matches the account user-id of the PSTN Line, the call reverts to two-stage dialing.
Without Authentication
This scenario can also be implemented without authentication, using one-stage or two-stage dialing, as in the HTTP Authentication case. The default VoIP caller dial plan is used in this scenario. Authentication is performed when the method is none or when the source IP address of the inbound INVITE matches one of the VoIP Access List patterns.
The following table lists the parameters used in VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without
Authentication.
Parameter
VoIP Answer Delay
Outside Dial Tone
VoIP Caller ID Pattern
VoIP Access List
Tab Description Values
PSTN Line A comma-separated list of IP address templates, such that callers with a source IP address matching any of the templates will be accepted for PSTN gateway service without further authentication.
For example:
192.168.*.*,
66.43.12.1??.
The default is blank.
Regional Alternative to the Dial Tone. It prompts the user to enter an external phone number, as opposed to an internal extension. It is triggered by a comma encountered in the dial plan.
The default is
420@-
19;10(*/0/1).
PSTN Line A comma-separated list of caller number templates such that callers with numbers not matching any of these templates are rejected for PSTN gateway service regardless of the setting of the authentication method.
The comparison is applied before the access list is applied. If this parameter is blank (not specified), all callers are considered for PSTN gateway service.
PSTN Line A comma-separated list of IP address templates, such that callers with a source IP address matching any of the templates are accepted for PSTN gateway service without further authentication.
For example:
1408*,
1512???1234.
Note: ‘?’ matches any single digit; ‘*’ matches any number of digits.
The default is blank.
For example:
192.168.*.*,
66.43.12.1??.
The default is blank.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 56
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Call Scenarios
Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway
This section describes a number of scenarios that forward calls to the PSTN gateway. It includes the following topics:
•
”Forward-On-No-Answer to the PSTN Gateway” section on page 57
•
”Forward-All to the PSTN gateway” section on page 57
•
”Forward to a Particular PSTN Number” section on page 57
•
”Forward-On-Busy to PSTN Gateway or Number” section on page 57
•
”Forward-Selective to PSTN Gateway or Number” section on page 58
Forward-On-No-Answer to the PSTN Gateway
In this scenario, Line 1 is configured to Cfwd No Ans Dest to the PSTN Gateway. The scenario is implemented by setting User 1 to forward to gw0 on no answer, with Cfwd No Ans Delay set to six seconds.
The caller calls Line 1 and if Line 1 is not picked up after six seconds, the PSTN Line picks up the call and the call reverts to a PSTN-Gateway call, as described above. In this case, HTTP authentication is not allowed because Line 1 does not authenticate inbound INVITE requests. If you need to authenticate the VoIP caller in this case, you must select the PIN authentication method, or else the caller is not authenticated.
NOTE: If the PSTN Line is busy at the moment of the forward, it does not answer the VoIP call.
The call forward rule is ignored and Line 1 continues to ring.
Forward-All to the PSTN gateway
In this scenario, Line 1 is configured with Cfwd All Dest parameter to the PSTN gateway.This scenario is the same the previous case, except the FXO picks up the Line 1 call immediately.
If the PSTN Line is busy at the moment of the call, the PSTN Line does not pick up the call, the call forward rule is ignored, and Line 1 continues to ring.
Forward to a Particular PSTN Number
In this scenario, the forward destination is set to <target-number>@gw0>. This is the same as in the previous examples, except that the Linksys ATA device automatically dials the given target number on the PSTN line right after it answers the VoIP call leg. This is a special case of onestage dialing where the target number is specified in the configuration. The caller is not authenticated in this case regardless of the authentication method. However, the caller is still limited by the VoIP Caller ID Pattern parameter
Forward-On-Busy to PSTN Gateway or Number
This scenario is similar to the previous cases of call forwarding to gw0, but this applies when
Line 1 is active.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 57
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Call Scenarios
Forward-Selective to PSTN Gateway or Number
This scenario is similar to the previous cases of call forwarding to gw0, but this applies when the caller matches the specific caller-id pattern.
User Dialing 9 to Access PSTN-Gateway for Local Calls
To implement this scenario, add the rule “<9,:1408>xxxxxxx<:@gw0>” to the Line 1 dial plan.
When user dials 9, Linksys ATA device plays outside dial tone. The user then dials seven digits and the Linksys ATA device prepends 1408 before dialing the final number on the PSTN line.
Using the PSTN-Gateway for 311 and 911 Calls
To implement this scenario, add the rule “[39]11<:@gw0>” to Line 1. When the user dials 311 or
911, the call is routed to the PSTN gateway.
NOTE: If the PSTN Line is busy after the user dials 311 or 911, the call still fails. For true life-line supports, therefore, the PSTN Line cannot be shared.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 58
Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
Call Scenarios
Auto-Fallback to the PSTN-Gateway
To implement this scenario, enable the Auto PSTN Fallback parameter. When registration fails or link is down, the Linksys ATA device automatically calls “fallback@gw0” when user picks up Line
1. The Linksys ATA device does not reboot when the link is down. However, the Linksys ATA device reboots when the link is back up and Line 1 and PSTN Line are not in use.
The following table lists the parameters used in Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway.
Parameter
Cfwd No Ans Dest
Cfwd No Ans Delay
Cfwd All Dest
VoIP Caller ID Pattern
Auto PSTN Fallback
Tab
User
User
Description
Forward number for Call Forward All Service
Delay in sec before Call Forward No Answer triggers.
Same as Cfwd All Dest.
Values
—
20
User Forward number for Call Forward All Service
PSTN Line A comma-separated list of caller number templates such that callers with numbers not matching any of these templates are rejected for PSTN gateway service, regardless of the setting of the authentication method.
The comparison is applied before the access list is applied. If this parameter is blank (not specified), all callers are considered for PSTN gateway service.
PSTN Line If enabled, the ATA automatically routes all calls to the
PSTN gateway when the Line 1 proxy is down
(registration failure or network link down).
—
For example:
1408*,
1512???1234.
The default is blank.
The default is
yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 59
6
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
Status Tab
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
This chapter describes the Advanced Routing tab and the corresponding fields as found in the
Web Configuration Utility pages. This chapter is only valid for the SPA2102, SPA3102, and
SPA8000 routers. For advanced routing configuration information on the PAP2T, AG310,
RTP300, WRP400, WAG54GP2, and WRTP54G, see the user documentation for your Linksys router.
After you click the Router tab on the SPA2102, SPA3102, or SPA8000, you can choose the following tabs:
•
•
•
•
NOTE: Not all fields listed may be applicable to your ATA device or your setup.
Status Tab
Product Information
Product Name
Serial Number
Software Version
Hardware Version
MAC Address
Client Certificate
Customization
Model number of the Linksys ATA Device.
Serial number of the Linksys ATA Device.
Version number of the Linksys ATA Device software.
Version number of the Linksys ATA Device hardware.
MAC address of the Linksys ATA Device.
Status of the client certificate, which authenticates the Linksys ATA Device for use in the ITSP network.
For a Remote Configuration (RC) unit, this field indicates whether the unit has been customized or not. Pending indicates a new RC unit that is ready for provisioning. If the unit has already retrieved its customized profile, this field displays the name of the company that provisioned the unit.
System Status
Current Time
Elapsed Time
WAN Connection Type
Current IP
Host Name
Domain
Current Netmask
Linksys ATA Administration Guide
Current date and time of the system; for example, 10/3/2003 16:43:00.
Total time elapsed since the last reboot of the system; for example, 25 days and
18:12:36.
The connection type: DHCP or Static IP.
The current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.
The current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.
The network domain name of the Linksys ATA Device.
The network mask assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.
60
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
WAN Setup Tab
Current Time
Current Gateway
Primary DNS
Secondary DNS
LAN IP Address
Broadcast Pkts Sent
Broadcast Bytes Sent
Broadcast Pkts Recv
Broadcast Bytes Recv
Broadcast Pkts Dropped
Broadcast Bytes Dropped
Current date and time of the system; for example, 10/3/2003 16:43:00.
The default router assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.
The primary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.
The secondary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA Device.
The address of the router.
Total number of broadcast packets sent.
Total number of broadcast packets received.
Total number of broadcast bytes sent.
Total number of broadcast bytes received and processed.
Total number of broadcast packets received but not processed.
Total number of broadcast bytes received but not processed.
WAN Setup Tab
You can use the WAN Setup tab to enter the WAN connection settings. This page includes the following sections:
•
”Internet Connection Settings,” on page 61
•
”Static IP Settings,” on page 61
•
•
”Optional Settings,” on page 62
•
”MAC Clone Settings,” on page 62
•
”Remote Management,” on page 63
•
•
Internet Connection Settings
Connection Type The type of WAN connection. Options are: DHCP, Static IP, PPPoE, PPPoE /
DHCP (tries PPPoE then DHCP), or DHCP/ PPPoE (tries DHCP then PPPoE).
Static IP Settings
Static IP
NetMask
Gateway
Static IP address of Linksys ATA Device, which takes effect if DHCP is disabled.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
The NetMask used by Linksys ATA Device when DHCP is disabled.
The default is 255.255.255.0.
The default gateway used by Linksys ATA Device when DHCP is disabled.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 61
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
WAN Setup Tab
PPPoE Settings
PPPoE Login Name
PPPoE Login Password
PPPoE Service Name
The account name assigned by the ISP for connecting on a Point-to-Point
Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) link.
The password assigned by the ISP for connecting on a Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) link.
The service name assigned by the ISP for connecting on a Point-to-Point
Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) link.
Optional Settings
HostName
Domain
Primary DNS
Secondary DNS
DNS Service Order
DNS Query Mode
Primary NTP Server
Secondary NTP Server
The host name of the Linksys ATA Device.
The network domain of the Linksys ATA Device.
The DNS server that is used by the Linksys ATA Device.
NOTE: When DHCP is enabled, you can enter the IP address of a DNS server in addition to DHCP-supplied DNS servers. When DHCP is disabled, enter the primary DNS server. The default is 0.0.0.0.
Sets the secondary DNS server to take over if problems are discovered with the
Primary DNS server.
NOTE: When DHCP is enabled, you can enter the IP address of a primary or secondary DNS server in addition to DHCP-supplied DNS servers. When DHCP is disabled, enter the primary and secondary DNS server.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
The method for selecting the DNS server: Manual (enter the IP address of the
DNS server manually; that is do not look at the DHCP-supplied DNS table),
Manual/DHCP, and DHCP/Manual.
The mode of DNS query: parallel or sequential.
NOTE: With parallel DNS query mode, the Linksys ATA Device sends the same
DNS lookup request to all the DNS servers at the same time, and the first incoming reply is accepted by the Linksys ATA Device.
The default is parallel.
The IP address or name of the primary NTP server.
The IP address or name of the secondary NTP server.
MAC Clone Settings
A MAC address is a 12-digit code assigned to a unique piece of hardware for identification, like a social security number. Some ISPs require you to register a MAC address in order to access the
Internet. If you do not wish to re-register the MAC address with your ISP, you may assign the
MAC address you have currently registered with your ISP to the router with the MAC Address
Clone feature.
Enable MAC Clone Service
Cloned MAC Address
To use MAC Address cloning, select Yes. Default is No.
Use when your ISP requires a certain MAC address. It’s usually the address for your PC.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 62
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
LAN Setup Tab
Remote Management
Enable WAN Web Server
WAN Web Server Port
Allows or prevents access to the administration web server from a computer that is not directly connected to the ATA device. Options are Yes or No. The default value is Yes.
The port that is used for WAN access to the ATA device. The default value is 80.
QOS Settings
Use Quality of Service (QoS) to assign different priority levels to different types of data transmissions.
QOS Policy
QOS QDisc
Maximum Uplink Speed
Enable when you want to use QoS. Options are: Always On or On when Phone
is Use (default).
Allow QoS Queuing. Options are None or TBF (token bucket filter). Information can be found at about TBF at: http://lartc.org/howto/lartc.qdisc.classless.html
The maximum bandwidth for LAN to WAN throughput. The default is 128 kbps.
VLAN Settings
Enable VLAN
VLAN ID
Allows (yes) or prevents (no) VLAN access.
NOTE: Choose yes if your ATA device is connected to a switch that uses VLAN tagging.
The VLAN tag for the VLAN to which the ATA device is assigned.
LAN Setup Tab
You can use the LAN Setup tab to enter your LAN settings. This page includes the following sections:
•
”Networking Service,” on page 63
•
”LAN Networking Settings,” on page 63
•
”Static DHCP Lease Settings,” on page 64
Networking Service
Networking Service Options are NAT or Bridge.
NAT—the unit acts as a router and provides IP addresses to PCs attached to the
LAN port.
Bridge—The unit acts as a switch, a passthrough, and does not give IP addresses.
LAN Networking Settings
Use these network settings when using NAT.
LAN IP Address IP address of the Linksys ATA device on the LAN side.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 63
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
Application Tab
LAN Subnet Mask
Enable DHCP Server
DHCP Lease Time
IP address for subnet mask.
Options are Yes or No for the DHCP Server to provide an IP address.
Provided by the DHCP Server. IP renewal process begins when the time expires.
DHCP Client Starting IP Address Initial IP address the DHCP Server provides for PCs attached to the LAN port.
Number of Client IP Addresses Number IP addresses available for the DHCP Server to provide.
Static DHCP Lease Settings
Use these Settings when using a static IP address.
Enable
Host Mac Address
Host IP Address
Options are Yes or No. Default is No.
Match to other device’s MAC address.
Match to other device’s IP address.
Application Tab
You can use the Application tab to set up port forwarding, DMZ, and multicast passthrough, and to reserve ports. This page includes the following sections:
•
”Port Forwarding Settings,” on page 64
•
•
”Miscellaneous Settings,” on page 65
•
”System Reserved Ports Range,” on page 65
Port Forwarding Settings
This feature allows you to set up specialized Internet applications that require port forwarding on a range of ports.
Enable
Service Name
Starting Port
Ending Port
Protocol
Server IP Address
Enable forwarding for the chosen application. Options are Yes or No.
Any name to call the port forwarding starting port.
The starting port of the port range you wish to forward.
The ending port of the port range you wish to forward.
Select the protocol you wish to use for each application. Choices are: TCP, UDP, or BOTH.
The LAN address of the computer to receive port forwarding.
DMZ Settings
The DMZ feature allows one network computer to be exposed to the Internet for use of a special-purpose service such as Internet gaming or video conferencing. DMZ hosting forwards all the ports at the same time to one PC. The Port Forwarding feature is more secure because it
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 64
Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
Application Tab
only opens the ports you want to have opened, while DMZ hosting opens all the ports of one computer, exposing the computer to the Internet.
Enable DMZ
DMZ Host IP Address
Any PC whose port is forwarded must have its DHCP client function disabled and should have a new static IP address assigned to it because its address may change when using the DHCP function. To expose one PC, select Yes. The default is No.
Specify the host computer’s IP address.
Miscellaneous Settings
Multicast Passthru Used for passing multicast traffic. Options are disabled, inbound, outbound,
inbound and outbound.
System Reserved Ports Range
Starting Port
Num of Ports Reserved
A port identified as a reserve port and that is not used for NAT translation. That is, if there is a conflict — if port forwarding is set on the same port — then the port forwarding is cancelled. Default is 50000.
Total number of ports reserved. Options are: 256, 512, and 1024.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 65
7
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Info Tab
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
This chapter describes the Advanced Voice tab and their corresponding fields as found in the
Web Configuration Utility pages. For information about the Voice > Provisioning tab, see the
Linksys SPA Provisioning Guide
.
After you click the Voice tab, you can choose the following tabs:
•
•
”System Tab” section on page 72
•
•
”Regional Tab” section on page 81
•
”Line Tab(s)” section on page 95
•
”PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)” section on page 109
•
”User Tab(s)” section on page 124
•
”PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)” section on page 128
NOTE: Not all fields listed may be applicable to your ATA device or your setup.
Info Tab
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the Info tab:
•
”Product Information” section on page 67
•
”System Status” section on page 67
•
”Line Status” section on page 68
•
”System Information (PAP2T)” section on page 69
•
”PSTN Line Status (AG310 and SPA3102)” section on page 70
NOTE: The fields on the Info tab are read-only and cannot be edited.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 66
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Info Tab
Product Information
Field
Product Name
Serial Number
Software Version
Hardware Version
MAC Address
Client Certificate
Customization
Description
Model number/name.
Serial number.
Software version number.
Hardware version number.
MAC address.
Status of the client certificate, which can indicate if the ATA has been authorized by your ITSP.
For a Remote Configuration (RC) unit, this field indicates whether the unit has been customized or not. Pending indicates a new RC unit that is ready for provisioning. If the unit has already retrieved its customized profile, this field displays the name of the company that provisioned the unit.
System Status
Field
Current Time
Elapsed Time
RTP Packets Sent
RTP Bytes Sent
RTP Packets Recv
RTP Bytes Recv
SIP Messages Sent
SIP Bytes Sent
SIP Messages Recv
SIP Bytes Recv
External IP
Description
Current date and time of the system; for example, 10/3/2003 16:43:00.
Total time elapsed since the last reboot of the system; for example, 25 days and
18:12:36.
Total number of RTP packets sent (including redundant packets).
Total number of RTP bytes sent.
Total number of RTP packets received (including redundant packets).
Total number of RTP bytes received.
Total number of SIP messages sent (including retransmissions).
Total number of bytes of SIP messages sent (including retransmissions).
Total number of SIP messages received (including retransmissions).
Total number of bytes of SIP messages received (including retransmissions).
External IP address used for NAT mapping.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 67
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Info Tab
Line Status
Field
(PSTN) Hook State
Registration State
Description
Hook state of the FXO port. Options are either On or Off.
Indicates if the line has registered with the SIP proxy.
Last Registration At
Next Registration In
Message Waiting
Call Back Active
Last Called Number
Last Caller Number
Mapped SIP Port
Call 1 and 2 State
Call 1 and 2 Tone
Call 1 and 2 Encoder
Call 1 and 2 Decoder
Call 1 and 2 FAX
Call 1 and 2 Type
Last date and time the line was registered.
Number of seconds before the next registration renewal.
Indicates whether you have new voicemail waiting. Options are either Yes or No. This is updated when voicemail notification is received. You can also manually modify it to clear or set the flag. Setting this value to Yes can activate stutter tone and VMWI signal. This parameter is stored in long term memory and survives after reboot or power cycle.
Indicates whether a call back request is in progress. Options are either Yes or No.
The last number called from the FXO Line.
Number of the last caller.
Port number of the SIP port mapped by NAT.
May take one of the following values:
• Idle
• Collecting PSTN Pin
• Invalid PSTN PIN
• PSTN Caller Accepted
• Connected to PSTN
Type of tone used by the call.
Codec used for encoding.
Codec used for decoding.
Status of the fax pass-through mode.
Direction of the call. May take one of the following values:
• PSTN Gateway Call = VoIP-To-PSTN Call
• VoIP Gateway Call = PSTN-To-VoIP Call
• PSTN To Line 1 = PSTN call ring through and answered by Line 1
• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Gateway = VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN GW
• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Number =VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN number
• Line 1 To PSTN Gateway
• Line 1 Fallback To PSTN Gateway
Call 1 and 2 Remote Hold Indicates whether the far end has placed the call on hold.
Call 1 and 2 Callback Indicates whether the call was triggered by a call back request.
Call 1 and 2 Peer Name
Call 1 and 2 Peer Phone
Name of the internal phone.
Phone number of the internal phone.
Call 1 and 2 Call Duration Duration of the call.
Call 1 and 2 Packets Sent Number of packets sent.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 68
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Info Tab
Call 1 and 2 Packets Recv Number of packets received.
Call 1 and 2 Bytes Sent Number of bytes sent.
Call 1 and 2 Bytes Recv
Call 1 and 2 Decode
Latency
Call 1 and 2 Jitter
Number of bytes received.
Number of milliseconds for decoder latency.
Call 1 and 2 Round Trip
Delay
Number of milliseconds for receiver jitter.
Number of milliseconds for delay.
Call 1 and 2 Packets Lost Number of packets lost.
Call 1 and 2 Packet Error Number of invalid packets received.
The port mapped for Real Time Protocol traffic for Call 1/2. Call 1 and 2 Mapped RTP
Port
Call 1 and 2 Media
Loopback
Media loopback is used to quantitatively and qualitatively measure the voice quality experienced by the end user.
System Information (PAP2T)
Field
DHCP
Current IP
Host Name
Domain
Current Netmask
Current Gateway
Primary DNS
Secondary DNS
Description
Indicates if DHCP is enabled.
Displays the current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA device.
Displays the current IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA device.
Displays the network domain name of the Linksys ATA device.
Displays the network mask assigned to the Linksys ATA device.
Displays the default router assigned to the Linksys ATA device.
Displays the primary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA device.
Displays the secondary DNS server assigned to the Linksys ATA device.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 69
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Info Tab
PSTN Line Status (AG310 and SPA3102)
Field
(PSTN) Hook State
(PSTN) Line Voltage
Description
Hook state of the FXO port. Either On or Off.
The voltage existing on the PSTN line.
(PSTN) Loop Current
Registration State
Last Registration At
Next Registration In
The current (milliamperes) existing on the local loop.
Indicates if the line has registered with the SIP proxy.
Last date and time the line was registered.
Number of seconds before the next registration renewal.
Last Called VoIP Number The last VoIP number called from the FXO Line.
Last Called PSTN Number The PSTN number dialed by the SPA (logged only if a non-trivial dial plan is used).
Last VoIP Caller
Last PSTN Caller
Last PSTN Disconnect
Reason
The last VoIP caller to the FXO Line.
Name and number of the last PSTN caller.
PSTN Activity Timer
Reason for SPA hanging up the FXO port. Can be one of the following:
• PSTN Disconnect Tone
• PSTN Activity Timeout
• CPC Signal
• Polarity Reversal
• VoIP Call Failed
• VoIP Call Ended
• Invalid VoIP Destination
• Invalid PIN
• PIN Digit Timeout
• VoIP Dialing Timeout
• PSTN Gateway Call Timeout
• VoIP Gateway Call Timeout
Shows the time (ms) before the SPA disconnects the current gateway unless the
PSTN side has some audio activity.
Port number of the SIP port mapped by NAT.
Mapped SIP Port
Call Type May take one of the following values:
• PSTN Gateway Call = VoIP-To-PSTN Call
• VoIP Gateway Call = PSTN-To-VoIP Call
• PSTN To Line 1 = PSTN call ring through and answered by Line 1
• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Gateway = VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN GW
• Line 1 Forward to PSTN Number =VoIP calls Line 1 then forwarded to PSTN number
• Line 1 To PSTN Gateway
• Line 1 Fallback To PSTN Gateway
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 70
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Info Tab
VoIP State
PSTN State
May take one of the following values:
• Idle
• Collecting PSTN Pin
• Invalid PSTN PIN
• PSTN Caller Accepted
• Connected to PSTN
May take one of the following values:
• Idle
• Collecting PSTN Pin
• Invalid PSTN PIN
• PSTN Caller Accepted
• Connected to PSTN
Indicates what tone is being played to the VoIP call leg.
Indicate what tone is being played to the PSTN call leg.
Name of the party at the VoIP call leg.
Name of the party at the PSTN call leg.
VoIP Tone
PSTN Tone
VoIP Peer Name
PSTN Peer Name
VoIP Peer Number
PSTN Peer Number
VoIP Call Encoder
VoIP Call Decoder
VoIP Call FAX
VoIP Call Remote Hold
VoIP Call Duration
VoIP Call Packets Sent
Phone number of the party at the VoIP call leg.
Phone number of the party at the PSTN call leg.
Audio encoder being used for the VoIP call leg.
Audio decoder being used for the VoIP call leg.
Status of the fax pass-through mode.
Indicates whether the far end has placed the call on hold.
Duration of the call.
Number of packets sent.
VoIP Call Packets Recv
VoIP Call Bytes Sent
Number of packets received.
Number of bytes sent.
VoIP Call Bytes Recv Number of bytes received.
VoIP Call Decode Latency Number of milliseconds for decoder latency.
VoIP Call Jitter Number of milliseconds for receiver jitter.
VoIP Call Round Trip Delay Number of milliseconds for delay.
VoIP Call Packets Lost
VoIP Call Packet Error
VoIP Call Mapped RTP
Port
Number of packets lost.
Number of invalid packets received.
The port mapped for Real Time Protocol traffic for Call 1/2.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 71
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
System Tab
System Tab
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the System tab:
•
”System Configuration” section on page 72
•
”Internet Connection Type (PAP2T)” section on page 72
•
”Optional Network Configuration (PAP2T)” section on page 73
•
”Miscellaneous Settings (not used with PAP2T)” section on page 73
System Configuration
Field
Restricted Access
Domains
Enable Web Server
Description
This feature is used when implementing software customization.
Web Server Port
Enable/disable web server of Linksys ATA device
This feature should only be used on firmware version 1.0.9 or later.
The default is yes.
This field is only found in the PAP2T.
Port number of the Linksys ATA device administration web server.
The default is 80.
This field is only found in the PAP2T.
Enable Web Admin Access Lets you enable or disable local access to the Web Configuration Utility. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is yes.
Admin Password Password for the administrator. The default is no password.
User Password Password for the user. The default is no password.
Internet Connection Type (PAP2T)
Field
DHCP
Static IP
NetMask
Gateway
Description
Enable or disable DHCP.
The default is yes.
Static IP address of Linksys ATA device, which takes effect if DHCP is disabled.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
The NetMask used by Linksys ATA device when DHCP is disabled.
The default is 255.255.255.0.
The default gateway used by Linksys ATA device when DHCP is disabled.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 72
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
System Tab
Optional Network Configuration (PAP2T)
)
Field
Host Name
Domain
Primary DNS
Secondary DNS
DNS Server Order
DNS Query Mode
Syslog Server
Debug Server
Debug Level
Primary NTP Server
Secondary NTP Server
Description
The host name of the Linksys ATA device.
The network domain of the Linksys ATA device.
DNS server used by Linksys ATA device in addition to DHCP supplied DNS servers if
DHCP is enabled; when DHCP is disabled, this is the primary DNS server.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
Sets the secondary DNS server to take over if problems are discovered with the
Primary DNS server. This is in addition to DHCP-supplied DNS servers if DHCP is enabled; when DHCP is disabled, this is the secondary DNS server.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
Specifies the method for selecting the DNS server. The options are Manual (enter the IP address of the DNS server manually; that is do not look at the DHCP-supplied
DNS table), Manual/DHCP, and DHCP/Manual.
Do parallel or sequential DNS Query. With parallel DNS query mode, the Linksys
ATA device sends the same request to all the DNS servers at the same time when doing a DNS lookup, the first incoming reply is accepted by the Linksys ATA device.
The default is parallel.
Specify the syslog server name and port. This feature specifies the server for logging
Linksys ATA device system information and critical events. If both Debug Server and
Syslog Server are specified, Syslog messages are also logged to the Debug Server.
The debug server name and port. This feature specifies the server for logging Linksys
ATA device debug information. The level of detailed output depends on the debug level parameter setting.
The higher the debug level, the more debug information is generated. Zero (0) means no debug information is generated. To log SIP messages, Debug Level must be set to at least 2.
The default is 0.
IP address or name of primary NTP server.
IP address or name of secondary NTP server.
Miscellaneous Settings (not used with PAP2T)
Field
Syslog Server
Debug Server
Debug Level
Description
Specifies the IP address of the syslog server.
Specifies the IP address of the debug server, which logs debug information. The level of detailed output depends on the debug level parameter setting.
Determines the level of debug information that is generated. Select 0, 1, 2, or 3 from the drop-down menu. The higher the debug level, the more debug information is generated.
The default is 0, which indicates that no debug information is generated.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 73
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
SIP Tab
SIP Tab
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the SIP tab (2102, 3102):
•
”SIP Parameters” section on page 74
•
”SIP Timer Values (sec)” section on page 75
•
”Response Status Code Handling” section on page 77
•
”RTP Parameters” section on page 77
•
”SDP Payload Types” section on page 78
•
”NAT Support Parameters” section on page 79
SIP Parameters
Field
Max Forward
Max Redirection
Max Auth
SIP User Agent Name
Description
SIP Max Forward value, which can range from 1 to 255.
The default is 70.
Number of times an invite can be redirected to avoid an infinite loop.
The default is 5.
Maximum number of times (from 0 to 255) a request may be challenged.
The default is 2.
User-Agent header used in outbound requests.
The default is $VERSION. If empty, the header is not included. Macro expansion of
$A to $D corresponding to GPP_A to GPP_D allowed.
SIP Server Name Server header used in responses to inbound responses.
The default is $VERSION.
SIP Reg User Agent Name User-Agent name to be used in a REGISTER request. If this is not specified, the SIP
User Agent Name parameter is also used for the REGISTER request.
The default is blank.
SIP Accept Language
DTMF Relay MIME Type
Accept-Language header used. There is no default (this indicates Linksys ATA device does not include this header). If empty, the header is not included.
MIME Type used in a SIP INFO message to signal a DTMF event.
The default is application/dtmf-relay.
Hook Flash MIME Type
Remove Last Reg
MIME Type used in a SIP INFO message to signal a hook flash event.
The default is application/hook-flash.
Lets you remove the last registration before registering a new one if the value is different. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 74
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
SIP Tab
Use Compact Header
Escape Display Name
RFC 2543 Call Hold
Mark All AVT Packets
SIP TCP Port Min
SIP TCP Port Max
Lets you use compact SIP headers in outbound SIP messages. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu. If set to yes, the Linksys ATA device uses compact SIP headers in outbound SIP messages. If set to no, the Linksys ATA device uses normal SIP headers. If inbound SIP requests contain compact headers, Linksys ATA device reuses the same compact headers when generating the response regardless the settings of the Use Compact Header parameter. If inbound SIP requests contain normal headers,
Linksys ATA device substitutes those headers with compact headers (if defined by
RFC 261) if Use Compact Header parameter is set to yes.
The default is no.
Lets you keep the Display Name private. Select yes if you want the Linksys ATA device to enclose the string (configured in the Display Name) in a pair of double quotes for outbound SIP messages. Any occurrences of or \ in the string is escaped with \ and \\ inside the pair of double quotes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Configures the type of call hold: a:sendonly or 0.0.0.0.
The default is no; do not use the 0.0.0.0 syntax in a HOLD SDP; use the a:sendonly syntax.
If set to yes, all AVT tone packets (encoded for redundancy) have the marker bit set. If set to no, only the first packet has the marker bit set for each DTMF event.
The default is yes.
Specifies the lowest TCP port number that can be used for SIP sessions. This field is not found in the PAP2T.
Specifies the highest TCP port number that can be used for SIP sessions. This field is not found in the PAP2T.
SIP Timer Values (sec)
Field
SIP T1
SIP T2
SIP T4
SIP Timer B
SIP Timer F
SIP Timer H
SIP Timer D
Description
RFC 3261 T1 value (RTT estimate), which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is.5.
RFC 3261 T2 value (maximum retransmit interval for non-INVITE requests and INVITE responses), which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is 4.
RFC 3261 T4 value (maximum duration a message remains in the network), which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is 5.
INVITE time-out value, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is 32.
Non-INVITE time-out value, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is 32.
INVITE final response, time-out value, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is 32.
ACK hang-around time, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is 32.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 75
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
SIP Tab
SIP Timer J
INVITE Expires
ReINVITE Expires
Reg Min Expires
Reg Max Expires
Non-INVITE response hang-around time, which can range from 0 to 64 seconds.
The default is 32.
INVITE request Expires header value. If you enter 0, the Expires header is not included in the request.
The default is 240. Range: 0–(2
31
–1).
ReINVITE request Expires header value. If you enter 0, the Expires header is not included in the request.
The default is 30. Range: 0–(2
31
–1).
Minimum registration expiration time allowed from the proxy in the Expires header or as a Contact header parameter. If the proxy returns a value less than this setting, the minimum value is used.
The default is 1.
Maximum registration expiration time allowed from the proxy in the Min-Expires header. If the value is larger than this setting, the maximum value is used.
The default is 7200.
Reg Retry Intvl
Reg Retry Long Intvl
Interval to wait before the Linksys ATA device retries registration after failing during the last registration.
The default is 30.
When registration fails with a SIP response code that does not match
Retry Reg RSC, the Linksys ATA device waits for the specified length of time before retrying. If this interval is 0, the Linksys ATA device stops trying. This value should be much larger than the Reg Retry Intvl value, which should not be 0.
The default is 1200.
Reg Retry Random Delay Random delay range (in seconds) to add to Register Retry Intvl when retrying
REGISTER after a failure.
The default is 0, which disables this feature.
Reg Retry Long Random
Delay
Random delay range (in seconds) to add to Register Retry Long Intvl when retrying
REGISTER after a failure.
The default is 0, which disables this feature.
Reg Retry Intvl Cap The maximum value to cap the exponential back-off retry delay (which starts at
Register Retry Intvl and doubles on every REGISTER retry after a failure). In other words, the retry interval is always at Register Retry Intvl seconds after a failure. If this feature is enabled, Reg Retry Random Delay is added on top of the exponential backoff adjusted delay value.
The default value is 0, which disables the exponential back-off feature.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 76
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
SIP Tab
Response Status Code Handling
Field
SIT1 RSC
SIT2 RSC
SIT3 RSC
SIT4 RSC
Try Backup RSC
Retry Reg RSC
Description
SIP response status code for the appropriate Special Information Tone (SIT). For example, if you set the SIT1 RSC to 404, when the user makes a call and a failure code of 404 is returned, the SIT1 tone is played. Reorder or Busy tone is played by default for all unsuccessful response status code for SIT 1 RSC through SIT 4 RSC.
SIP response status code to INVITE on which to play the SIT2 Tone.
SIP response status code to INVITE on which to play the SIT3 Tone.
SIP response status code to INVITE on which to play the SIT4 Tone.
SIP response code that retries a backup server for the current request.
Interval to wait before the Linksys ATA device retries registration after failing during the last registration.
The default is 30.
RTP Parameters
Field
RTP Port Min
RTP Port Max
RTP Packet Size
Max RTP ICMP Err
Description
Minimum port number for RTP transmission and reception. The RTP Port Min and RTP
Port Max parameters should define a range that contains at least 4 even number ports, such as 100 – 106.
The default is 16384.
Maximum port number for RTP transmission and reception.
The default is 16482.
Packet size in seconds, which can range from 0.01 to 0.16. Valid values must be a multiple of 0.01 seconds.
The default is 0.030.
Number of successive ICMP errors allowed when transmitting RTP packets to the peer before the Linksys ATA device terminates the call. If value is set to 0, the Linksys
ATA device ignores the limit on ICMP errors.
The default is 0.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 77
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
SIP Tab
RTCP Tx Interval
No UDP Checksum
Stats In BYE
Interval for sending out RTCP sender reports on an active connection. It can range from 0 to 255 seconds. During an active connection, the Linksys ATA device can be programmed to send out compound RTCP packet on the connection. Each compound RTP packet except the last one contains a SR (Sender Report) and a
SDES.(Source Description). The last RTCP packet contains an additional BYE packet.
Each SR except the last one contains exactly 1 RR (Receiver Report); the last SR carries no RR. The SDES contains CNAME, NAME, and TOOL identifiers. The CNAME is set to
<User ID>@<Proxy>, NAME is set to <Display Name> (or Anonymous if user blocks caller ID), and TOOL is set to the Vendor/Hardware-platform-software-version (such as Linksys/Linksys ATA device-1.0.31(b)). The NTP timestamp used in the SR is a snapshot of the Linksys ATA device’s local time, not the time reported by an NTP server. If the Linksys ATA device receives a RR from the peer, it attempts to compute the round trip delay and show it as the <Call Round Trip Delay> value (ms) in the Info section of Linksys ATA device web page.
The default is 0.
Select yes if you want the Linksys ATA device to calculate the UDP header checksum for SIP messages. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Determines whether the Linksys ATA device includes the P-RTP-Stat header or response to a BYE message. The header contains the RTP statistics of the current call.
Select yes or no from the drop-down menu. The format of the P-RTP-Stat header is:
P-RTP-State: PS=<packets sent>,OS=<octets sent>,PR=<packets received>,OR=<octets received>,PL=<packets lost>,JI=<jitter in ms>,LA=<delay in ms>,DU=<call duration in s>,EN=<encoder>,DE=<decoder>.
The default is no.
SDP Payload Types
Field Description
NSE Dynamic Payload
AVT Dynamic Payload
INFOREQ Dynamic
Payload
G726r16 Dynamic
Payload
NSE dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.
The default is 100.
AVT dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.
The default is 101.
INFOREQ dynamic payload type.
There is no default.
G.726-16 dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.
The default is 98.
G726r24 Dynamic
Payload
G726r40 Dynamic
Payload
G.726-24 dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.
The default is 97.
G.726-40 dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.
The default is 96.
G729b Dynamic Payload G.729b dynamic payload type. The valid range is 96-127.
The default is 99.
NSE Codec Name NSE codec name used in SDP.
The default is NSE.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 78
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
SIP Tab
AVT Codec Name
G711u Codec Name
G711a Codec Name
G726r16 Codec Name
G726r24 Codec Name
G726r32 Codec Name
G726r40 Codec Name
G729a Codec Name
G729b Codec Name
G723 Codec Name
EncapRTP Codec Name
AVT codec name used in SDP.
The default is telephone-event.
G.711u codec name used in SDP.
The default is PCMU.
G.711a codec name used in SDP.
The default is PCMA.
G.726-16 codec name used in SDP.
The default is G726-16.
G.726-24 codec name used in SDP.
The default is G726-24.
G.726-32 codec name used in SDP.
The default is G726-32.
G.726-40 codec name used in SDP.
The default is G726-40.
G.729a codec name used in SDP.
The default is G729a.
G.729b codec name used in SDP.
The default is G729ab.
G.723 codec name used in SDP.
The default is G723.
EncapRTP codec name used in SDP.
The default is EncapRTP.
NAT Support Parameters
Field
Handle VIA received
Handle VIA rport
Insert VIA received
Insert VIA rport
Substitute VIA Addr
Description
If you select yes, the Linksys ATA device processes the received parameter in the VIA header (this is inserted by the server in a response to anyone of its requests). If you select no, the parameter is ignored. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is no.
If you select yes, the Linksys ATA device processes the rport parameter in the VIA header (this is inserted by the server in a response to anyone of its requests). If you select no, the parameter is ignored. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is no.
Inserts the received parameter into the VIA header of SIP responses if the receivedfrom IP and VIA sent-by IP values differ. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is no.
Inserts the parameter into the VIA header of SIP responses if the received-from IP and VIA sent-by IP values differ. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is no.
Lets you use NAT-mapped IP:port values in the VIA header. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 79
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
SIP Tab
Send Resp To Src Port
STUN Enable
STUN Test Enable
STUN Server
EXT IP
EXT RTP Port Min
NAT Keep Alive Intvl
Sends responses to the request source port instead of the VIA sent-by port. Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is no.
Enables the use of STUN to discover NAT mapping. Select yes or no from the dropdown menu.
The default is no.
If the STUN Enable feature is enabled and a valid STUN server is available, the Linksys
ATA device can perform a NAT-type discovery operation when it powers on. It contacts the configured STUN server, and the result of the discovery is reported in a
Warning header in all subsequent REGISTER requests. If the Linksys ATA device detects symmetric NAT or a symmetric firewall, NAT mapping is disabled.
The default is no.
IP address or fully-qualified domain name of the STUN server to contact for NAT mapping discovery.
External IP address to substitute for the actual IP address of the Linksys ATA device in all outgoing SIP messages. If 0.0.0.0 is specified, no IP address substitution is performed.
If this parameter is specified, the Linksys ATA device assumes this IP address when generating SIP messages and SDP (if NAT Mapping is enabled for that line). However, the results of STUN and VIA received parameter processing, if available, supersede this statically configured value.
The default is 0.0.0.0.
External port mapping number of the RTP Port Min. number. If this value is not zero, the RTP port number in all outgoing SIP messages is substituted for the corresponding port value in the external RTP port range.
The default is 0.
Interval between NAT-mapping keep alive messages.
The default is 15.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 80
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Regional Tab
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the Regional tab:
•
”Call Progress Tones” section on page 81
•
”Distinctive Ring Patterns” section on page 83
•
”Distinctive Call Waiting Tone Patterns” section on page 83
•
”Distinctive Ring/CWT Pattern Names” section on page 84
•
”Ring and Call Waiting Tone Spec” section on page 85
•
”Control Timer Values (sec)” section on page 85
•
”Vertical Service Activation Codes” section on page 86
•
”Vertical Service Announcement Codes (SPA2102)” section on page 91
•
”Outbound Call Codec Selection Codes” section on page 91
•
”Miscellaneous” section on page 92
Call Progress Tones
Field
Dial Tone
Second Dial Tone
Outside Dial Tone
Prompt Tone
Busy Tone
Reorder Tone
Off Hook Warning Tone
Ring Back Tone
Description
Prompts the user to enter a phone number. Reorder Tone is played automatically when Dial Tone or any of its alternatives times out.
The default is 350@-19,440@-19;10(*/0/1+2).
Alternative to the Dial Tone when the user dials a three-way call.
The default is 420@-19,520@-19;10(*/0/1+2).
Alternative to the Dial Tone. It prompts the user to enter an external phone number, as opposed to an internal extension. It is triggered by a, (comma) character encountered in the dial plan.
The default is 420@-19;10(*/0/1).
Prompts the user to enter a call forwarding phone number.
The default is 520@-19,620@-19;10(*/0/1+2).
Played when a 486 RSC is received for an outbound call.
The default is 480@-19,620@-19;10(.5/.5/1+2).
Played when an outbound call has failed or after the far end hangs up during an established call. Reorder Tone is played automatically when Dial Tone or any of its alternatives times out.
The default is 480@-19,620@-19;10(.25/.25/1+2).
Played when the caller has not properly placed the handset on the cradle. Off Hook
Warning Tone is played when Reorder Tone times out.
The default is 480@10,620@0;10(.125/.125/1+2).
Played during an outbound call when the far end is ringing.
The default is 440@-19,480@-19;*(2/4/1+2).
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 81
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Ring Back 2 Tone
Confirm Tone
SIT1 Tone
SIT2 Tone
SIT3 Tone
SIT4 Tone
MWI Dial Tone
Cfwd Dial Tone
Holding Tone
Conference Tone
Secure Call Indication
Tone
VoIP PIN Tone
PSTN PIN Tone
Feature Invocation Tone
Your ATA device plays this ringback tone instead of Ring Back Tone if the called party replies with a SIP 182 response without SDP to its outbound INVITE request. The default value is the same as Ring Back Tone, except the cadence is 1s on and 1s off.
The default is 440@-19,480@-19;*(1/1/1+2).
Brief tone to notify the user that the last input value has been accepted.
The default is 600@-16; 1(.25/.25/1).
Alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.
The default is 985@-16,1428@-16,1777@-16;20(.380/0/1,.380/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/
0).
Alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.
The default is 914@-16,1371@-16,1777@-16;20(.274/0/1,.274/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/
0).
Alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.
The default is 914@-16,1371@-16,1777@-16;20(.380/0/1,.380/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/
0).
This is an alternative to the Reorder Tone played when an error occurs as a caller makes an outbound call. The RSC to trigger this tone is configurable on the SIP screen.
The default is 985@-16,1371@-16,1777@-16;20(.380/0/1,.274/0/2,.380/0/3,0/4/
0).
Played instead of the Dial Tone when there are unheard messages in the caller’s mailbox.
The default is 350@-19,440@-19;2(.1/.1/1+2);10(*/0/1+2).
Played when all calls are forwarded.
The default is 350@-19,440@-19;2(.2/.2/1+2);10(*/0/1+2).
Informs the local caller that the far end has placed the call on hold.
The default is 600@-19*(.1/.1/1,.1/.1/1,.1/9.5/1).
Played to all parties when a three-way conference call is in progress.
The default is 350@-19;20(.1/.1/1,.1/9.7/1).
Played when a call has been successfully switched to secure mode. It should be played only for a short while (less than 30 seconds) and at a reduced level (less than -
19 dBm) so it does not interfere with the conversation.
The default is 397@-19,507@-19;15(0/2/0,.2/.1/1,.1/2.1/2).
Specification of the tone played to prompt a VoIP caller for a PIN number (if PIN authentication is selected and the caller requires authentication to use the PSTN gateway).
The default is 600@-10;*(0/1/1,.1/.1/1,.1/.1/1,.1/.5/1).
Specification of the tone played to prompt a PSTN caller for a PIN number (if PIN authentication is selected and the caller requires authentication to use the VoIP gateway).
The default is 600@-10;*(0/.7/1,.2/.1/1,.2/.1/1,.2/.5/1).
Played when a feature is implemented.
The default is 350@-16;*(.1/.1/1).
This field is not found in the PAP2T.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 82
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Distinctive Ring Patterns
Field
CWT1 Cadence
CWT2 Cadence
CWT3 Cadence
CWT4 Cadence
CWT5 Cadence
CWT6 Cadence
CWT7 Cadence
Field
Ring1 Cadence
Ring2 Cadence
Ring3 Cadence
Ring4 Cadence
Ring5 Cadence
Ring6 Cadence
Description
Cadence script for distinctive ring 1.
The default is 60(2/4).
Cadence script for distinctive ring 2.
The default is 60(.3/.2, 1/.2,.3/4).
Cadence script for distinctive ring 3.
The default is 60(.8/.4,.8/4).
Cadence script for distinctive ring 4.
The default is 60(.4/.2,.3/.2,.8/4).
Cadence script for distinctive ring 5.
The default is 60(.2/.2,.2/.2,.2/.2,1/4).
Cadence script for distinctive ring 6.
The default is 60(.2/.4,.2/.4,.2/4).
Ring7 Cadence
Ring8 Cadence
Ring9 Cadence
Cadence script for distinctive ring 7.
The default is 60(.4/.2,.4/.2,.4/4)
.
Cadence script for distinctive ring 8.
The default is 60(0.25/9.75)
.
Cadence script for distinctive ring 9. This field is for the SPA2102 only.
The default is 60(.4/.2,.4/2)
.
Distinctive Call Waiting Tone Patterns
Description
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 1.
The default is 30(.3/9.7)
.
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 2.
The default is 30(.1/.1, .1/9.7)
.
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 3.
The default is 30(.1/.1, .1/.1, .1/9.3)
.
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 4.
The default is 30(.1/.1, .3/.1, .1/9.5).
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 5.
The default is 30(.3/.1,.1/.1,.3/9.1)
.
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 6.
The default is 30(.3/.1,.3/.1,.1/9.1).
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 7.
The default is 30(.1/.1, .3/.1, .1/9.3).
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 83
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
CWT8 Cadence
CWT9 Cadence
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 8.
The default is 2.3(.3/2).
Cadence script for distinctive CWT 9. This field is for the SPA2102 only.
The default is 30(.3/9.7).
Distinctive Ring/CWT Pattern Names
Field
Ring1 Name
Ring2 Name
Ring3 Name
Ring4 Name
Ring5 Name
Ring6 Name
Ring7 Name
Ring8 Name
Ring9 Name
Description
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 1 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r1.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 2 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r2
.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 3 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r3
.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 4 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r4
.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 5 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r5
.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 6 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r6
.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 7 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r7
.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 8 for the inbound call.
The default is Bellcore-r8
.
Name in an INVITE’s Alert-Info Header to pick distinctive ring/CWT 9 for the inbound call. This field is for the SPA2102 only.
The default is Bellcore-r9
.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 84
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Ring and Call Waiting Tone Spec
Ring and Call Waiting tones don’t work the same way on all phones. When setting ring tones, consider the following recommendations:
1. Begin with the default Ring Waveform, Ring Frequency, and Ring Voltage.
2. If your ring cadence doesn’t sound right, or your phone doesn’t ring, change your Ring
Waveform, Ring Frequency, and Ring Voltage to the following: a. Ring Waveform: Sinusoid b. Ring Frequency: 25 c. Ring Voltage: 80V
Field
Ring Waveform
Ring Frequency
Ring Voltage
CWT Frequency
Synchronized Ring
Description
Waveform for the ringing signal. Choices are Sinusoid or Trapezoid. The default is
Trapezoid.
Frequency of the ringing signal. Valid values are 10–100 (Hz). The default is 20.
Ringing voltage. Choices are 60–90 (V). The default is 85.
Frequency script of the call waiting tone. All distinctive CWTs are based on this tone.
The default is 440@-10.
If this is set to Yes, when a device calls the Linksys ATA, both lines ring at the same time (similar to a regular PSTN line). After one line answers, the other stops ringing.
This field is only found in the PAP2T. No is the default.
Control Timer Values (sec)
Field
Hook Flash Timer Min
Hook Flash Timer Max
Callee On Hook Delay
Reorder Delay
Call Back Expires
Description
Minimum on-hook time before off-hook qualifies as hook-flash. Less than this the on-hook event is ignored. Range: 0.1–0.4 seconds.
The default is 0.1.
Maximum on-hook time before off-hook qualifies as hook-flash. More than this the on-hook event is treated as on-hook (no hook-flash event). Range: 0.4–1.6 seconds.
The default is 0.9.
Phone must be on-hook for at this time in sec before the Linksys ATA device will tear down the current inbound call. It does not apply to outbound calls. Range: 0–255 seconds.
The default is 0.
Delay after far end hangs up before reorder tone is played. 0 = plays immediately, inf
= never plays. Range: 0–255 seconds.
The default is 5.
Expiration time in seconds of a call back activation. Range: 0–65535 seconds.
The default is 1800.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 85
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Call Back Retry Intvl
Call Back Delay
VMWI Refresh Intvl
Interdigit Long Timer
Interdigit Short Timer
CPC Delay
CPC Duration
Call back retry interval in seconds. Range: 0–255 seconds.
The default is 30.
Delay after receiving the first SIP 18x response before declaring the remote end is ringing. If a busy response is received during this time, the Linksys ATA device still considers the call as failed and keeps on retrying.
The default is 0.5.
Interval between VMWI refresh to the CPE.
The default is 0.5.
Long timeout between entering digits when dialing. The interdigit timer values are used as defaults when dialing. The Interdigit_Long_Timer is used after any one digit, if all valid matching sequences in the dial plan are incomplete as dialed. Range: 0–64 seconds.
The default is 10.
Short timeout between entering digits when dialing. The Interdigit_Short_Timer is used after any one digit, if at least one matching sequence is complete as dialed, but more dialed digits would match other as yet incomplete sequences. Range: 0–64 seconds.
The default is 3.
Delay in seconds after caller hangs up when the Linksys ATA device starts removing the tip-and-ring voltage to the attached equipment of the called party. Range: 0–255 seconds. Linksys ATA device has had polarity reversal feature since release 1.0 which can be applied to both the caller and the callee end. This feature is generally used for answer supervision on the caller side to signal to the attached equipment when the call has been connected (remote end has answered) or disconnected (remote end has hung up). This feature should be disabled for the called party (in other words, by using the same polarity for connected and idle state) and the CPC feature should be used instead.
Without CPC enabled, reorder tone will is played after a configurable delay. If CPC is enabled, dial tone will be played when tip-to-ring voltage is restored Resolution is 1 second.
The default is 2.
Duration in seconds for which the tip-to-ring voltage is removed after the caller hangs up. After that, tip-to-ring voltage is restored and dial tone applies if the attached equipment is still off-hook. CPC is disabled if this value is set to 0. Range: 0 to 1.000 second. Resolution is 0.001 second.
The default is 0 (CPC disabled).
Vertical Service Activation Codes
Vertical Service Activation Codes are automatically appended to the dial-plan. There is
no
need to include them in dial-plan, although
no
harm is done if they are included.
Field
Call Return Code
Call Redial Code
Description
This code calls the last caller.
The default is *69.
Redials the last number called. This field is not found in the PAP2T.
The default is *07.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 86
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Blind Transfer Code
Call Back Act Code
Call Back Deact Code
Call Back Busy Act Code
Cfwd All Act Code
Cfwd All Deact Code
CW Per Call Act Code
Begins a blind transfer of the current call to the extension specified after the activation code.
The default is *98.
Starts a callback when the last outbound call is not busy.
The default is *66.
Cancels a callback.
The default is *86.
Starts a callback when the last outbound call is busy. This field is only found in the
PAP2T.
The default is *05
Forwards all calls to the extension specified after the activation code.
The default is *72.
Cancels call forwarding of all calls.
The default is *73.
Cfwd Busy Act Code
Cfwd Busy Deact Code
Cfwd No Ans Act Code
Cfwd No Ans Deact Code Cancels call forwarding of no-answer calls.
The default is *93.
Cfwd Last Act Code
Forwards no-answer calls to the extension specified after the activation code.
The default is *92.
Cfwd Last Deact Code
Block Last Act Code
Block Last Deact Code
Accept Last Act Code
Forwards the last inbound or outbound calls to the extension specified after the activation code.
The default is *63.
Cancels call forwarding of the last inbound or outbound calls.
The default is *83.
Blocks the last inbound call.
The default is *60.
Cancels blocking of the last inbound call.
The default is *80.
Accepts the last outbound call. It lets the call ring through when do not disturb or call forwarding of all calls are enabled.
The default is *64.
Accept Last Deact Code
Forwards busy calls to the extension specified after the activation code.
The default is *90.
Cancels call forwarding of busy calls.
The default is *91.
CW Act Code
Cancels the code to accept the last outbound call.
The default is *84.
Enables call waiting on all calls.
The default is *56.
CW Deact Code Disables call waiting on all calls.
The default is *57.
Enables call waiting for the next call.
The default is *71.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 87
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
CW Per Call Deact Code
Block CID Act Code
Block CID Deact Code
Block CID Per Call Act
Code
Block CID Per Call Deact
Code
Block ANC Act Code
Block ANC Deact Code
DND Act Code
DND Deact Code
CID Act Code
CID Deact Code
CWCID Act Code
CWCID Deact Code
Dist Ring Act Code
Dist Ring Deact Code
Speed Dial Act Code
Disables call waiting for the next call.
The default is *70.
Blocks caller ID on all outbound calls.
The default is *67.
Removes caller ID blocking on all outbound calls.
The default is *68.
Blocks caller ID on the next outbound call.
The default is *81.
Removes caller ID blocking on the next inbound call.
The default is *82.
Blocks all anonymous calls.
The default is *77.
Removes blocking of all anonymous calls.
The default is *87.
Enables the do not disturb feature.
The default is *78.
Disables the do not disturb feature.
The default is *79.
Enables caller ID generation.
The default is *65.
Disables caller ID generation.
The default is *85.
Enables call waiting, caller ID generation.
The default is *25.
Disables call waiting, caller ID generation.
The default is *45.
Enables the distinctive ringing feature.
The default is *26
Disables the distinctive ringing feature.
The default is *46.
Assigns a speed dial number.
The default is *74.
Secure All Call Act Code
Secure No Call Act Code
Makes all outbound calls secure.
The default is *16.
Makes all outbound calls not secure.
The default is *17.
Secure One Call Act Code Makes the next outbound call secure. (It is redundant if all outbound calls are secure by default.)
The default is *18.
Secure One Call Deact
Code
Makes the next outbound call not secure. (It is redundant if all outbound calls are not secure by default.)
The default is *19.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 88
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Conference Act Code
Attn-Xfer Act Code
If this code is specified, the user must enter it before dialing the third party for a conference call. Enter the code for a conference call.
If the code is specified, the user must enter it before dialing the third party for a call transfer. Enter the code for a call transfer.
Modem Line Toggle Code Toggles the line to a modem.
The default is *99. Modem pass-through mode can be triggered only by pre-dialing this code.
FAX Line Toggle Code Toggles the line to a fax machine. This field is not found in the PAP2T.
The default is #99.
Referral Services Codes These codes tell the Linksys ATA device what to do when the user places the current call on hold and is listening to the second dial tone.
One or more *code can be configured into this parameter, such as *98, or
*97|*98|*123, etc. Max total length is 79 chars. This parameter applies when the user places the current call on hold (by Hook Flash) and is listening to second dial tone.
Each *code (and the following valid target number according to current dial plan) entered on the second dial-tone triggers the Linksys ATA device to perform a blind transfer to a target number that is prepended by the service *code.
For example, after the user dials *98, the Linksys ATA device plays a special dial tone called the Prompt Tone while waiting for the user the enter a target number (which is checked according to dial plan as in normal dialing). When a complete number is entered, the Linksys ATA device sends a blind REFER to the holding party with the
Refer-To target equals to *98 target_number. This feature allows the Linksys ATA device to hand off a call to an application server to perform further processing, such as call park.
The *codes should not conflict with any of the other vertical service codes internally processed by the Linksys ATA device. You can empty the corresponding *code that you do not want to Linksys ATA device to process.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 89
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Feature Dial Services
Codes
These codes tell the Linksys ATA device what to do when the user is listening to the first or second dial tone.
One or more *code can be configured into this parameter, such as *72, or
*72|*74|*67|*82, etc. Max total length is 79 chars. This parameter applies when the user has a dial tone (first or second dial tone). Enter *code (and the following target number according to current dial plan) entered at the dial tone triggers the Linksys
ATA device to call the target number prepended by the *code. For example, after user dials *72, the Linksys ATA device plays a special tone called a Prompt tone while awaiting the user to enter a valid target number. When a complete number is entered, the Linksys ATA device sends a INVITE to *72 target_number as in a normal call. This feature allows the proxy to process features like call forward (*72) or BLock
Caller ID (*67).
The *codes should not conflict with any of the other vertical service codes internally processed by the Linksys ATA device. You can empty the corresponding *code that you do not want to Linksys ATA device to process.
You can add a parameter to each *code in Features Dial Services Codes to indicate what tone to play after the *code is entered, such as *72‘c‘|*67‘p‘. Below are a list of allowed tone parameters (note the use of back quotes surrounding the parameter w/o spaces)
‘c‘ = <Cfwd Dial Tone>
‘d‘ = <Dial Tone>
‘m‘ = <MWI Dial Tone>
‘o‘ = <Outside Dial Tone>
‘p‘ = <Prompt Dial Tone>
‘s‘ = <Second Dial Tone>
‘x‘ = No tones are place, x is any digit not used above
If no tone parameter is specified, the Linksys ATA device plays Prompt tone by default.
If the *code is not to be followed by a phone number, such as *73 to cancel call forwarding, do not include it in this parameter. In that case, simple add that *code in the dial plan and the Linksys ATA device send INVITE *73@..... as usual when user dials
*73.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 90
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Vertical Service Announcement Codes (SPA2102)
Field
Service Annc Base
Number
Service Annc Extension
Codes
Description
Base number for service announcements.
Extension codes for service announcements.
Field
Prefer G711u Code
Force G711u Code
Prefer G711a Code
Force G711a Code
Prefer G723 Code
Force G723 Code
Prefer G726r16 Code
Force G726r16 Code
Prefer G726r24 Code
Force G726r24 Code
Prefer G726r32 Code
Force G726r32 Code
Prefer G726r40 Code
Outbound Call Codec Selection Codes
These codes automatically appended to the dial-plan. So no need to include them in dial-plan
(although no harm to do so either).
Description
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *017110.
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *027110.
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *017111
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *027111.
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *01723.
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *02723.
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *0172616.
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *0272616.
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *0172624.
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *0272624.
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *0172632.
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *0272632.
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *0172640.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 91
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Force G726r40 Code
Prefer G729a Code
Force G729a Code
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *0272640.
Makes this codec the preferred codec for the associated call.
The default is *01729.
Makes this codec the only codec that can be used for the associated call.
The default is *02729.
Miscellaneous
Field
Set Local Date (mm/dd)
Description
Sets the local date (mm stands for months and dd stands for days). The year is optional and uses two or four digits.
Set Local Time (HH/mm) Sets the local time (hh stands for hours and mm stands for minutes). Seconds are optional.
Time Zone Selects the number of hours to add to GMT to generate the local time for caller ID generation. Choices are GMT-12:00, GMT-11:00,…, GMT, GMT+01:00, GMT+02:00, …,
GMT+13:00.
The default is GMT-08:00.
FXS Port Impedance Sets the electrical impedance of the FXS port. Choices are 600, 900, 600+2.16uF,
900+2.16uF, 270+750||150nF, 220+850||120nF, 220+820||115nF, or
200+600||100nF.
The default is 600.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 92
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Daylight Saving Time Rule Enter the rule for calculating daylight saving time; it should include the start, end, and save values. This rule is comprised of three fields. Each field is separated by ; (a semicolon) as shown below. Optional values inside [ ] (the brackets) are assumed to be 0 if they are not specified. Midnight is represented by 0:0:0 of the given date.
This is the format of the rule: Start = <start-time>; end=<end-time>; save = <savetime>.
The <start-time> and <end-time> values specify the start and end dates and times of daylight saving time. Each value is in this format: <month> /<day> / <weekday>[/
HH:[mm[:ss]]]
The <save-time> value is the number of hours, minutes, and/or seconds to add to the current time during daylight saving time. The <save-time> value can be preceded by a negative (-) sign if subtraction is desired instead of addition. The
<save-time> value is in this format: [/[+|-]HH:[mm[:ss]]]
The <month> value equals any value in the range 1-12 (January-December).
The <day> value equals [+|-] any value in the range 1-31.
If <day> is 1, it means the <weekday> on or before the end of the month (in other words the last occurrence of < weekday> in that month).
The <weekday> value equals any value in the range 1-7 (Monday-Sunday). It can also equal 0. If the <weekday> value is 0, this means that the date to start or end daylight saving is exactly the date given. In that case, the <day> value must not be negative.
If the <weekday> value is not 0 and the <day> value is positive, then daylight saving starts or ends on the <weekday> value on or after the date given. If the <weekday> value is not 0 and the <day> value is negative, then daylight saving starts or ends on the <weekday> value on or before the date given.
The abbreviation HH stands for hours (0-23).
The abbreviation mm stands for minutes (0-59).
The abbreviation ss stands for seconds (0-59).
The default Daylight Saving Time Rule is start=4/1/7;end=10/-1/7;save=1.
Daylight Saving Time
Enable
FXS Port Input Gain
Daylight Saving Time can be turned on or off. This option affects the time stamp on
CallerID and affects all the lines and extensions of the phone. Default is Yes (on).
Input gain in dB, up to three decimal places. The range is 6.000 to -12.000.
The default is -3.
FXS Port Output Gain
DTMF Playback Level
DTMF Playback Length
Detect ABCD
Playback ABCD
Output gain in dB, up to three decimal places. The range is 6.000 to -12.000. The Call
Progress Tones and DTMF playback level are not affected by the FXS Port Output Gain parameter.
The default is -3.
Local DTMF playback level in dBm, up to one decimal place.
The default is -16.0.
Local DTMF playback duration in milliseconds.
The default is .1.
To enable local detection of DTMF ABCD, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes. Setting has no effect if DTMF Tx Method is INFO; ABCD is always sent OOB regardless in this setting.
To enable local playback of OOB DTMF ABCD, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 93
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Regional Tab
Caller ID Method
Caller ID FSK Standard
FXS Port Power Limit
Feature Invocation
Method
More Echo Suppression
The following choices are available:
• Bellcore (N.Amer,China)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after first ring
(same as ETSI FSK sent after first ring) (no polarity reversal or DTAS).
• DTMF (Finland, Sweden)—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no
DTAS) and before first ring.
• DTMF (Denmark)—CID only. DTMF sentbefore first ring with no polarity reversal and no DTAS.
• ETSI DTMF—CID only. DTMF sent after DTAS (and no polarity reversal) and before first ring.
• ETSI DTMF With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring.
• ETSI DTMF After Ring—CID only. DTMF sent after first ring (no polarity reversal or DTAS).
• ETSI FSK—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK sent after DTAS (but no polarity reversal) and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for CIDCW.
• ETSI FSK With PR (UK)—CID, CIDCW, and VMWI. FSK is sent after polarity reversal and DTAS and before first ring. Waits for ACK from CPE after DTAS for
CIDCW. Polarity reversal is applied only if equipment is on hook.
• DTMF (Denmark) With PR—CID only. DTMF sent after polarity reversal (and no
DTAS) and before first ring.
The default is Bellcore(N.Amer, China).
The Linksys ATA device supports bell 202 and v.23 standards for caller ID generation.
Select the FSK standard you want to use, bell 202 or v.23.
The default is bell 202.
This field is not found in the PAP2T.
The choices are from 1 to 8. This field is only found in the PAP2T.
The default is 3.
Select the method you want to use, Default or Sweden default. This field is not found in the PAP2T.
The default is Default.
Enable or disable more echo suppresion. The default is no.
This field is not found in the PAP2T.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 94
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Line Tab(s)
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the Line tabs:
•
”Line Enable” section on page 95
•
”Streaming Audio Server (SAS)” section on page 96
•
”NAT Settings” section on page 97
•
”Network Settings” section on page 96
•
”SIP Settings” section on page 97
•
”Call Feature Settings” section on page 99
•
”Proxy and Registration” section on page 100
•
”Subscriber Information” section on page 101
•
”Supplementary Service Subscription” section on page 101
•
”Audio Configuration” section on page 104
•
”VoIP Fallback to PSTN (SPA3102/AG310)” section on page 107
•
”Gateway Accounts (SPA3102/AG310)” section on page 107
•
”Dial Plan” section on page 107
•
”FXS Port Polarity Configuration” section on page 108
In a configuration profile, the Line parameters must be appended with the appropriate numeral (for example, [1] or [2]) to identify the line to which the setting applies. The number of lines varies with the model of the ATA. For example, the SPA2102 provides two Line tabs (Line 1 and Line 2), while the SPA8000 provides eight tabs (Line1 through Line 8).
The SPA2102 provides one User tab for each Line tab (User 1 and User 2), where many of the line-specific configuration parameters are contained. The SPA8000 does not provide User tabs, but consolidates all the line-specific parameters on the Line tab.
Line Enable
Field
Line Enable
Description
To enable this line for service, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 95
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Streaming Audio Server (SAS)
Field
SAS Enable
SAS DLG Refresh Intvl
SAS Inbound RTP Sink
Description
To enable the use of the line as a streaming audio source, select yes. Otherwise, select no. If enabled, the line cannot be used for outgoing calls. Instead, it autoanswers incoming calls and streams audio RTP packets to the caller.
The default is no.
If this is not zero, it is the interval at which the streaming audio server sends out session refresh (SIP re-INVITE) messages to determine whether the connection to the caller is still active. If the caller does not respond to the refresh message, the Linksys
ATA device ends this call with a SIP BYE message. The range is 0 to 255 seconds (0 means that the session refresh is disabled).
The default is 30.
This setting works around devices that do not play inbound RTP if the streaming audio server line declares itself as a send-only device and tells the client not to stream out audio. Enter a Fully Qualified Domain Name (FQDN) or IP address of an
RTP sink; this is used by the Linksys ATA device’s streaming audio server line in the
SDP of its 200 response to an inbound INVITE message from a client.
The purpose of this parameter is to work around devices that do not play inbound
RTP if the SAS line declares itself as a send-only device and tells the client not to stream out audio. This parameter is a FQDN or IP address of a RTP sink to be used by the SPA SAS line in the SDP of its 200 response to inbound INVITE from a client. It will appear in the c = line and the port number and, if specified, in the m = line of the
SDP. If this value is not specified or equal to 0, then c = 0.0.0.0 and a=sendonly will be used in the SDP to tell the SAS client to not to send any RTP to this SAS line. If a non-zero value is specified, then a=sendrecv and the SAS client will stream audio to the given address. Special case: If the value is $IP, then the SAS line’s own IP address is used in the c = line and a=sendrecv. In that case the SAS client will stream RTP packets to the SAS line.
The default value is empty.
Network Settings
Field
SIP ToS/DiffServ Value
SIP CoS Value [0-7]
RTP ToS/DiffServ Value
RTP CoS Value [0-7]
Description
TOS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying a SIP message.
The default is 0x68.
CoS value for SIP messages.
The default is 3.
ToS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying RTP data.
The default is 0xb8.
CoS value for RTP data.
The default is 6.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 96
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Network Jitter Level
Jitter Buffer Adjustment
Determines how jitter buffer size is adjusted by the Linksys ATA device. Jitter buffer size is adjusted dynamically. The minimum jitter buffer size is 30 milliseconds or (10 milliseconds + current RTP frame size), whichever is larger, for all jitter level settings.
However, the starting jitter buffer size value is larger for higher jitter levels. This setting controls the rate at which the jitter buffer size is adjusted to reach the minimum. Select the appropriate setting: low, medium, high, very high, or
extremely high.
The default is high.
Controls how the jitter buffer should be adjusted. Select the appropriate setting: up
and down, up only, down only, or disable.
The default is up and down.
NAT Settings
Field
NAT Mapping Enable
NAT Keep Alive Enable
NAT Keep Alive Msg
NAT Keep Alive Dest
Description
To use externally mapped IP addresses and SIP/RTP ports in SIP messages, select yes.
Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
To send the configured NAT keep alive message periodically, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Enter the keep alive message that should be sent periodically to maintain the current NAT mapping. If the value is $NOTIFY, a NOTIFY message is sent. If the value is $REGISTER, a REGISTER message without contact is sent.
The default is $NOTIFY.
Destination that should receive NAT keep alive messages. If the value is $PROXY, the messages are sent to the current proxy server or outbound proxy server.
The default is $PROXY.
SIP Settings
Field
SIP Port
SIP Transport
SIP 100REL Enable
Description
Port number of the SIP message listening and transmission port.
The default is 5060.
The TCP choice provides “guaranteed delivery”, which assures that lost packets are retransmitted. TCP also guarantees that the SIP packages are received in the same order that they were sent. As a result, TCP overcomes the main disadvantages of UDP.
In addition, for security reasons, most corporate firewalls block UDP ports. With TCP, new ports do not need to be opened or packets dropped, because TCP is already in use for basic activities such as Internet browsing or e-commerce. Options are: UDP,
TCP, TLS. The default is UDP.
To enable the support of 100REL SIP extension for reliable transmission of provisional responses (18x) and use of PRACK requests, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 97
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
EXT SIP Port
Auth Resync-Reboot
SIP Proxy-Require
SIP Remote-Party-ID
SIP GUID
SIP Debug Option
RTP Log Intvl
Restrict Source IP
The external SIP port number.
If this feature is enabled, the Linksys ATA device authenticates the sender when it receives the NOTIFY resync reboot (RFC 2617) message. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
The SIP proxy can support a specific extension or behavior when it sees this header from the user agent. If this field is configured and the proxy does not support it, it responds with the message, unsupported. Enter the appropriate header in the field provided.
To use the Remote-Party-ID header instead of the From header, select yes.
Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
This field is not found in the PAP2T.
The Global Unique ID is generated for each line for each device. When it is enabled, the Linksys ATA device adds a GUID header in the SIP request. The GUID is generated the first time the unit boots up and stays with the unit through rebooting and even factory reset. This feature was requested by Bell Canada (Nortel) to limit the registration of SIP accounts.
The default is yes.
SIP messages are received at or sent from the proxy listen port. This feature controls which SIP messages to log. Choices are as follows:
• none—No logging.
• 1-line—Logs the start-line only for all messages.
• 1-line excl. OPT—Logs the start-line only for all messages except OPTIONS requests/responses.
• 1-line excl. NTFY—Logs the start-line only for all messages except NOTIFY requests/responses.
• 1-line excl. REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except REGISTER requests/responses.
• 1-line excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except
OPTIONS, NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.
• full—Logs all SIP messages in full text.
• full excl. OPT—Logs all SIP messages in full text except OPTIONS requests/ responses.
• full excl. NTFY—Logs all SIP messages in full text except NOTIFY requests/ responses.
• full excl. REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except REGISTER requests/ responses.
• full excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except for OPTIONS,
NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.
The default is none.
The interval for the RTP log.
If Lines 1 and 2 use the same SIP Port value and the Restrict Source IP feature is enabled, the proxy IP address for Lines 1 and 2 is treated as an acceptable IP address for both lines. To enable the Restrict Source IP feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no. If configured, the PAP2T will drop all packets sent to its SIP Ports originated from an untrusted IP address. A source IP address is untrusted if it does not match any of the IP addresses resolved from the configured Proxy (or Outbound Proxy if Use
Outbound Proxy is yes).
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 98
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Referor Bye Delay
Controls when the Linksys ATA device sends BYE to terminate stale call legs upon completion of call transfers. Multiple delay settings (Referor, Refer Target, Referee, and Refer-To Target) are configured on this screen. For the Referor Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.
The default is 4.
Refer Target Bye Delay
For the Refer Target Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.
The default is 0.
Referee Bye Delay
For the Referee Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.
The default is 0.
Refer-To Target Contact
To contact the refer-to target, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Sticky 183
Auth INVITE
When enabled, authorization is required for initial incoming INVITE requests from the SIP proxy.
Reply 182 On Call Waiting
When set to yes, your ATA device replies with a SIP 182 response to the caller if it is already in a call and the phone is off-hook. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, keep the default, no.
This field is found on the SPA2102 and SPA3102 only.
Use Anonymous with
RPID
When set to yes, use “anonymous” in the SIP message when remote party ID is requested in the SIP message. This field is found on the SPA2102 only.
Default is yes.
Use Local Addr in FROM
If this feature is enabled, the IP telephony ignores further 180 SIP responses after receiving the first 183 SIP response for an outbound INVITE. To enable this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
The IP address of the local address enclosed in the FROM of the SIP message. This field is found on the SPA2102 only.
Default is no.
Call Feature Settings
Field
Blind Attn-Xfer Enable
Description
Enables the Linksys ATA device to perform an attended transfer operation by ending the current call leg and performing a blind transfer of the other call leg. If this feature is disabled, the Linksys ATA device performs an attended transfer operation by referring the other call leg to the current call leg while maintaining both call legs. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
MOH Server
The default is no.
User ID or URL of the auto-answering streaming audio server. When only a user ID is specified, the current or outbound proxy is contacted. Music-on-hold is disabled if the MOH Server is not specified.
Xfer When Hangup Conf
Makes the Linksys ATA device perform a transfer when a conference call has ended.
Select yes or no from the drop-down menu.
The default is yes.
Conference Bridge URL
This feature supports external conference bridging for n-way conference calls (n > 2), instead of mixing audio locally. To use this feature, set this parameter to that of the server’s name, for example, [email protected]:12345 or conf (which uses the Proxy value as the domain). This field is found on the SPA2102 and PAP2T only.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 99
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Conference Bridge Ports
Select the maximum number of conference call participants. The range is 3 to 10.
The default is 3. This field is found on the SPA2102 and PAP2T only.
Proxy and Registration
Field
Proxy
Use Outbound Proxy
Outbound Proxy
Use OB Proxy In Dialog
Register
Make Call Without Reg
Register Expires
Ans Call Without Reg
Use DNS SRV
DNS SRV Auto Prefix
Proxy Fallback Intvl
Description
SIP proxy server for all outbound requests.
Enablse the use of an Outbound Proxy. If set to no, the Outbound Proxy and Use OB
Proxy in Dialog parameters are ignored.
The default is no.
SIP Outbound Proxy Server where all outbound requests are sent as the first hop.
Whether to force SIP requests to be sent to the outbound proxy within a dialog.
Ignored if the parameter Use Outbound Proxy is no, or the Outbound Proxy parameter is empty.
The default is yes.
Enable periodic registration with the Proxy parameter. This parameter is ignored if
Proxy is not specified.
The default is yes.
Allow making outbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit. If
No, dial tone will not play unless registration is successful.
The default is no.
Allow answering inbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit.
If proxy responded to REGISTER with a smaller Expires value, the PAP2T will renew registration based on this smaller value instead of the configured value. If registration failed with an Expires too brief error response, the PAP2T will retry with the value given in the Min-Expires header in the error response.
The default is 3600.
Expires value in sec in a REGISTER request. The PAP2T will periodically renew registration shortly before the current registration expired. This parameter is ignored if the Register parameter is no. Range: 0 – (231 – 1) sec
Whether to use DNS SRV lookup for Proxy and Outbound Proxy.
The default is no.
If enabled, the PAP2T will automatically prepend the Proxy or Outbound Proxy name with _sip._udp when performing a DNS SRV lookup on that name.
The default is no.
This parameter sets the delay (sec) after which the PAP2T will retry from the highest priority proxy (or outbound proxy) servers after it has failed over to a lower priority server. This parameter is useful only if the primary and backup proxy server list is provided to the PAP2T via DNS SRV record lookup on the server name. (Using multiple DNS A record per server name does not allow the notion of priority and so all hosts will be considered at the same priority and the PAP2T will not attempt to fall back after a fail over).
The default is 3600
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 100
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Field
Proxy Redundancy
Method
Description
PAP2T will make an internal list of proxies returned in DNS SRV records. In normal mode, this list will contain proxies ranked by weight and priority.
if Based on SRV port is configured the PAP2T does normal first, and also inspect the port number based on 1st proxy’s port on the list.
The default is Normal.
Voice Mail Server
Enter the URL or IP address of the server.
Mailbox Subscribe Expires
Expiry time to the voicemail server. The time to send another subscribe message to the voicemail server.
Subscriber Information
Field
Display Name
Description
Display name for caller ID.
Extension number for this line.
User ID
Password
Use Auth ID
Password for this line.
To use the authentication ID and password for SIP authentication, select yes.
Otherwise, select no to use the user ID and password.
The default is no.
Auth ID
Directory Number
Call Capacity
Authentication ID for SIP authentication.
Enter the number for this line.
Maximum number of calls allowed on this line interface. Choices:
{unlimited,1,2,3,…25 }. Default is 16. Note that the Linksys ATA device does not distinguish between incoming and outgoing calls when talking about call capacity.
Note: unlimited = 16
Mini Certificate
SRTP Private Key
Base64 encoded of Mini-Certificate concatenated with the 1024-bit public key of the
CA signing the MC of all subscribers in the group.
The default is empty.
Base64 encoded of the 512-bit private key per subscriber for establishment of a secure call.
The default is empty.
Supplementary Service Subscription
The Linksys ATA device provides native support of a large set of enhanced or supplementary services. All of these services are optional. The parameters listed in the following table are used to enable or disable a specific supplementary service. A supplementary service should be disabled if a) the user has not subscribed for it, or b) the Service Provider intends to support similar service using other means than relying on the Linksys ATA device.
Field
Call Waiting Serv
Description
Enable Call Waiting Service.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 101
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Field
Block CID Serv
Block ANC Serv
Dist Ring Serv
Cfwd All Serv
Cfwd Busy Serv
Cfwd No Ans Serv
Cfwd Sel Serv
Cfwd Last Serv
Block Last Serv
Accept Last Serv
DND Serv
CID_Serv
CWCID Serv
Call Return Serv
Call Redial Serv
Call Back Serv
Three Way Call Serv
Three Way Conf Serv
Attn Transfer Serv
Description
Enable Block Caller ID Service.
The default is yes.
Enable Block Anonymous Calls Service
The default is yes.
Enable Distinctive Ringing Service
The default is yes.
Enable Call Forward All Service
The default is yes.
Enable Call Forward Busy Service
The default is yes.
Enable Call Forward No Answer Service
The default is yes.
Enable Call Forward Selective Service
The default is yes.
Enable Forward Last Call Service
The default is yes.
Enable Block Last Call Service
The default is yes.
Enable Accept Last Call Service
The default is yes.
Enable Do Not Disturb Service
The default is yes.
Enable Caller ID Service
The default is yes.
Enable Call Waiting Caller ID Service
The default is yes.
Enable Call Return Service
The default is yes.
Enable Call Redial Service. This field is not found in the PAP2T.
Enable Call Back Service.
Enable Three Way Calling Service. Three Way Calling is required for Three Way
Conference and Attended Transfer.
The default is yes.
Enable Three Way Conference Service. Three Way Conference is required for
Attended Transfer.
The default is yes.
Enable Attended Call Transfer Service. Three Way Conference is required for
Attended Transfer.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 102
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Field
Unattn Transfer Serv
MWI Serv
VMWI Serv
Speed Dial Serv
Secure Call Serv
Referral Serv
Feature Dial Serv
Service Announcement
Serv
Description
Enable Unattended (Blind) Call Transfer Service.
The default is yes.
Enable MWI Service. MWI is available only if a Voice Mail Service is set-up in the deployment.
The default is yes.
Enable VMWI Service (FSK).
The default is yes.
Enable Speed Dial Service.
The default is yes.
Enable Secure Call Service.
The default is yes.
Enable Referral Service. See the Referral Services Codes parameter for more details.
The default is yes.
Enable Feature Dial Service. See the Feature Dial Services Codes parameter for more details.
The default is yes.
Enable Service Announcement Service.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 103
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Audio Configuration
A codec resource is considered as allocated if it has been included in the SDP codec list of an active call, even though it eventually may not be the one chosen for the connection. So, if the
G.729a codec is enabled and included in the codec list, that resource is tied up until the end of the call whether or not the call actually uses G.729a. If the G.729a resource is already allocated and since only one G.729a resource is allowed per device, no other low-bit-rate codec may be allocated for subsequent calls; the only choices are G711a and G711u. On the other hand, two
G.723.1/G.726 resources are available per device.
Therefore it is important to disable the use of G.729a in order to guarantee the support of two simultaneous G.723/G.726 codec.
Field Description
Preferred Codec
Preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following: G711u,
G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or G723.
The default is G711u.
Second Preferred Codec
Second preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following:
Unspecified, G711u, G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or
G723.
The default is Unspecified.
Third Preferred Codec
Third preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following:
Unspecified, G711u, G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or
G723.
The default is Unspecified.
Use Pref Codec Only
To use only the preferred codec for all calls, select yes. (The call fails if the far end does not support this codec.) Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Silence Supp Enable
To enable silence suppression so that silent audio frames are not transmitted, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Silence Threshold
Select the appropriate setting for the threshold: high, medium, or low.
The default is medium.
G729a Enable
To enable the use of the G.729a codec at 8 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Echo Canc Enable
To enable the use of the echo canceller, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
G723 Enable
To enable the use of the G.723a codec at 6.3 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Echo Canc Adapt Enable
To enable the echo canceller to adapt, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
G726-16 Enable
To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 16 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 104
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Echo Supp Enable
G726-24 Enable
FAX CED Detect Enable
G726-32 Enable
FAX CNG Detect Enable
G726-40 Enable
FAX Passthru Codec
DTMF Process INFO
FAX Codec Symmetric
DTMF Process AVT
FAX Passthru Method
DTMF Tx Method
DTMF Tx Mode
To enable the use of the echo suppressor, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 24 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable detection of the fax Caller-Entered Digits (CED) tone, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 32 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable detection of the fax Calling Tone (CNG), select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the G.726 codec at 40 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Select the codec for fax passthrough, G711u or G711a.
The default is G711u.
To use the DTMF process info feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To force the Linksys ATA device to use a symmetric codec during fax passthrough, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To use the DTMF process AVT feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no. This field is not available for the PAP2T.
The default is yes.
Select the fax passthrough method: None, NSE, or ReINVITE.
The default is NSE.
Select the method to transmit DTMF signals to the far end: InBand, AVT, INFO,
Auto, InBand+INFO, or AVT+INFO. InBand sends DTMF using the audio path. AVT sends DTMF as eypents. INFO uses the SIP INFO method. Auto uses InBand or AVT based on the outcome of codec negotiation.
The default is Auto.
DTMF Detection Tx Mode is available for SIP information and AVT . Options are: Strict or Normal. The default is Strict for which the following are true:
• A DTMF digit requires an extra hold time after detection.
• The DTMF level threshold is raised to -20 dBm.
• The minimum and maximum duration thresholds are:
• strict mode for AVT: 70 ms
• normal mode for AVT: 40 ms
• strict mode for SIP info: 90 ms
• normal mode for SIP info: 50 ms
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 105
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
DTMF Tx Strict Hold Off
Time:
FAX Process NSE
Hook Flash Tx Method
FAX Disable ECAN
Release Unused Codec
FAX Enable T38
FAX T38 Redundancy
Fax Tone Detect Mode
FAX Tone Detect Mode
Symmetric RTP
This parameter is in effect only when "DTMF Tx Mode" is set to "strict," and when"DTMF Tx Method" is set to out-of-band; i.e. either AVT or SIP-INFO. If a user inadvertently sets the value to less than the default value, the system checks and reverts to the default value. There is no max limit on what the user can set of this parameter. A larger value will reduce the chance of talk-off (beeping) during conversation, at the expense of reduced performance of dtmf detection, which is needed for interactive voice response systems (IVR).
Default is 90 ms.
To use the fax process NSE feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Select the method for signaling hook flash events: None, AVT, or INFO. None does not signal hook flash events. AVT uses RFC2833 AVT (event = 16). INFO uses SIP INFO with the single line signal=hf in the message body. The MIME type for this message body is taken from the Hook Flash MIME Type setting.
The default is None.
If enabled, this feature automatically disables the echo canceller when a fax tone is detected. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
This feature allows the release of codecs not used after codec negotiation on the first call, so that other codecs can be used for the second line. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the ITU-T T.38 standard for faxing, select yes. Otherwise, select
no.
T.38 is supported by the SPA2102 and the SPA8000. The SPA2102 supports a single
T.38 connection. The SPA8000 supports one T.38 connection for each of its four modules (Line 1-2, 3-4, 5-6, and 7-8). The SPA8000 supports a maximum of four connections, but it does not support two fax devices connected to the same module.
The default is yes.
Select the appropriate number.
The default is 1.
If you want the Gateway to detect the fax tone whether the Gateway is a caller or callee, then select caller or callee. If you want the Gateway to detect the fax tone only if the Gateway is the caller, then select caller only. If you want the Gateway to detect the fax tone only if the Gateway is the callee, then select callee only.
This parameter has three possible values:
• caller or callee - SPA will detect FAX tone whether it is callee or caller
• caller only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the caller
• callee only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the callee
The default is caller or callee.
(SPA3102 and AG310 only) Enable symmetric RTP operation. If enabled, the SPA3102 sends RTP packets to the source address and port of the last received valid inbound
RTP packet. If disabled (or before the first RTP packet arrives) the SPA3102 sends RTP to the destination as indicated in the inbound SDP.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 106
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Gateway Accounts (SPA3102/AG310)
Field
Gateway1/2/3/4
GW1/2/3/4 NAT Mapping
Enable
GW1/2/3/4 Auth ID
GW1/2/3/4 Password
Description
The first of 4 gateways that can be specified to be used in the <Dial Plan> to facilitate call routing specification (that overrides the given proxy information). This gateway is represented by gw1 in the <Dial Plan>. For example, the rule
1408xxxxxxx<:@gw1> can be added to the dial plan such that when the user dials
1408+7digits, the call will be routed to Gateway 1. Without the <:@gw1> syntax, all calls are routed to the given proxy by default (except IP dialing).
The default is blank.
If enabled, the ATA uses NAT mapping when contacting Gateway 1.
The default is no.
This is the authentication user-id to be used by the SPA to authenticate itself to
Gateway 1.
The default is blank.
This is the password to be used by the SPA to authenticate itself to Gateway 1.
The default is blank.
VoIP Fallback to PSTN (SPA3102/AG310)
Field
Auto PSTN Fallback
Description
If enabled, the ATA automatically routes all calls to the PSTN gateway when the Line
1 proxy is down (registration failure or network link down).
The default is yes.
Dial Plan
The default dial plan script for each line is as follows: (*xx|[3469]11|0|00|[2-9]xxxxxx|1xxx[2-
9]xxxxxx|xxxxxxxxxxxx.). The syntax for a dial plan expression is as follows:
Dial Plan Entry
*xx
[3469]11
0
00
[2-9]xxxxxx
1xxx[2-9]xxxxxx xxxxxxxxxxxx.
Functionality
Allow arbitrary 2 digit star code
Allow x11 sequences
Operator
Int’l Operator
US local number
US 1 + 10-digit long distance number
Everything else (Int’l long distance, FWD, ...)
If IP dialing is enabled, one can dial [user-id@]a.b.c.d[:port], where ‘@’, ‘.’, and ‘:’ are dialed by entering *, user-id must be numeric (like a phone number) and a, b, c, d must be between 0 and
255, and port must be larger than 255. If port is not given, 5060 is used. Port and User-Id are optional. If the user-id portion matches a pattern in the dial plan, then it is interpreted as a regular phone number according to the dial plan. The INVITE message, however, is still sent to the outbound proxy if it is enabled.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 107
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
Line Tab(s)
Field
Dial Plan
Enable IP Dialing
Emergency Number
Description
Dial plan script for this line.
The default is (*xx|[3469]11|0|00|[2-9]xxxxxx|1xxx[2-
9]xxxxxxS0|xxxxxxxxxxxx.)
The dial plan syntax is expanded in the SPA3102 and AG310 to allow the designation of three parameters to be used with a specific gateway:
• uid – the authentication user-id
• pwd – the authentication password
• nat – if this parameter is present, use NAT mapping
Each parameter is separated by a semi-colon (;).
Furthermore, it recognizes gw0, gw1, …, gw4 as the locally configured gateways, where gw0 represents the local PSTN gateway in the same SPA3102 or AG310 unit.
Example 1:
*1xxxxxxxxxx<:@fwdnat.pulver.com:5082;uid=jsmith;pwd=xyz
Example 2:
*1xxxxxxxxxx<:@fwd.pulver.com;nat;uid=jsmith;pwd=xyz
Example 3:
[39]11<:@gw0>
Enable or disable IP dialing.
The default is no.
Comma separated list of emergency number patterns. If outbound call matches one of the pattern, SPA will disable hook flash event handling. The condition is restored to normal after the phone is on-hook. Blank signifies no emergency number.
Maximum number length is 63 characters.
The default is blank.
FXS Port Polarity Configuration
Field
Idle Polarity
Caller Conn Polarity
Callee Conn Polarity
Description
Polarity before a call is connected: Forward or Reverse.
The default is Forward.
Polarity after an outbound call is connected: Forward or Reverse.
The default is Forward.
Polarity after an inbound call is connected: Forward or Reverse.
The default is Forward.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 108
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the PSTN Line tab on the
SPA3102 and AG310:
•
”Line Enable” section on page 95
•
”NAT Settings” section on page 109
no in 3102
•
”Network Settings” section on page 110
•
”SIP Settings” section on page 110
•
”Proxy and Registration” section on page 112
•
”Subscriber Information” section on page 113
•
”Audio Configuration” section on page 114
•
”Dial Plans” section on page 116
the rest are not in 3102
•
”VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Setup” section on page 116
•
”VoIP Users and Passwords (HTTP Authentication)” section on page 117
•
”FXO (PSTN) Timer Values (sec)” section on page 118
•
”PSTN Disconnect Detection” section on page 120
•
”International Control (Settings)” section on page 122
Line Enable
Field
Line Enable
PSTN Contact List
Description
To enable this line for service, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Select the appropriate list: None, Phone 1+2, Phone 1, or Phone 2. The default is
Phone1+2.
NAT Settings
Field
NAT Mapping Enable
NAT Keep Alive Enable
Description
To use externally mapped IP addresses and SIP/RTP ports in SIP messages, select yes.
Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
To send the configured NAT keep alive message periodically, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 109
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
NAT Keep Alive Msg
NAT Keep Alive Dest
Enter the keep alive message that should be sent periodically to maintain the current NAT mapping. If the value is $NOTIFY, a NOTIFY message is sent. If the value is $REGISTER, a REGISTER message without contact is sent. Escape sequence of %xx is also accepted. For example, %0d%0a is unescaped into \r\n (CRLF).
The default is $NOTIFY.
Destination that should receive NAT keep alive messages. If the value is $PROXY, the messages are sent to the current or outbound proxy.
The default is $PROXY.
Network Settings
Field
SIP ToS/DiffServ Value
SIP CoS Value [0-7]
RTP ToS/DiffServ Value
RTP CoS Value [0-7]
Network Jitter Level
Jitter Buffer Adjustment
Description
TOS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying a SIP message.
The default is 0x68.
CoS value for SIP messages.
The default is 3.
ToS/DiffServ field value in UDP IP packets carrying RTP data.
The default is 0xb8.
CoS value for RTP data.
The default is 6.
Determines how jitter buffer size is adjusted by the Linksys ATA device. Jitter buffer size is adjusted dynamically. The minimum jitter buffer size is 30 milliseconds or (10 milliseconds + current RTP frame size), whichever is larger, for all jitter level settings.
However, the starting jitter buffer size value is larger for higher jitter levels. This setting controls the rate at which the jitter buffer size is adjusted to reach the minimum. Select the appropriate setting: low, medium, high, very high, or
extremely high.
The default is high.
Controls how the jitter buffer should be adjusted. Select the appropriate setting: up
and down, up only, down only, or disable.
The default is up and down.
SIP Settings
Field
SIP Port
SIP 100REL Enable
EXT SIP Port
Description
Port number of the SIP message listening and transmission port.
The default is 5060.
To enable the support of 100REL SIP extension for reliable transmission of provisional responses (18x) and use of PRACK requests, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
The external SIP port number.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 110
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Auth Resync-Reboot
SIP Proxy-Require
SIP Remote-Party-ID
SIP GUID
SIP Debug Option
RTP Log Intvl
Restrict Source IP
If this feature is enabled, the Linksys ATA device authenticates the sender when it receives the NOTIFY resync reboot (RFC 2617) message. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
The SIP proxy can support a specific extension or behavior when it sees this header from the user agent. If this field is configured and the proxy does not support it, it responds with the message, unsupported. Enter the appropriate header in the field provided.
To use the Remote-Party-ID header instead of the From header, select yes.
Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
This field is not available with the PAP2T. The Global Unique ID is generated for each line for each device. When it is enabled, the Linksys ATA device adds a GUID header in the SIP request. The GUID is generated the first time the unit boots up and stays with the unit through rebooting and even factory reset. This feature was requested by Bell Canada (Nortel) to limit the registration of SIP accounts.
The default is yes.
SIP messages are received at or sent from the proxy listen port. This feature controls which SIP messages to log. Choices are as follows:
• none—No logging.
• 1-line—Logs the start-line only for all messages.
• 1-line excl. OPT—Logs the start-line only for all messages except OPTIONS requests/responses.
• 1-line excl. NTFY—Logs the start-line only for all messages except NOTIFY requests/responses.
• 1-line excl. REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except REGISTER requests/responses.
• 1-line excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs the start-line only for all messages except
OPTIONS, NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.
• full—Logs all SIP messages in full text.
• full excl. OPT—Logs all SIP messages in full text except OPTIONS requests/ responses.
• full excl. NTFY—Logs all SIP messages in full text except NOTIFY requests/ responses.
• full excl. REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except REGISTER requests/ responses.
• full excl. OPT|NTFY|REG—Logs all SIP messages in full text except for OPTIONS,
NOTIFY, and REGISTER requests/responses.
The default is none.
The interval for the RTP log.
If Lines 1 and 2 use the same SIP Port value and the Restrict Source IP feature is enabled, the proxy IP address for Lines 1 and 2 is treated as an acceptable IP address for both lines. To enable the Restrict Source IP feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no. If configured, the PAP2T will drop all packets sent to its SIP Ports originated from an untrusted IP address. A source IP address is untrusted if it does not match any of the IP addresses resolved from the configured Proxy (or Outbound Proxy if Use
Outbound Proxy is yes).
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 111
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Referor Bye Delay
Refer Target Bye Delay
Referee Bye Delay
Refer-To Target Contact
Sticky 183
Controls when the Linksys ATA device sends BYE to terminate stale call legs upon completion of call transfers. Multiple delay settings (Referor, Refer Target, Referee, and Refer-To Target) are configured on this screen. For the Referor Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.
The default is 4.
For the Refer Target Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.
The default is 0.
For the Referee Bye Delay, enter the appropriate period of time in seconds.
The default is 0.
To contact the refer-to target, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
If this feature is enabled, the IP telephony ignores further 180 SIP responses after receiving the first 183 SIP response for an outbound INVITE. To enable this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Proxy and Registration
Field
Proxy
Use Outbound Proxy
Outbound Proxy
Use OB Proxy In Dialog
Register
Make Call Without Reg
Register Expires
Ans Call Without Reg
Use DNS SRV
Description
SIP proxy server for all outbound requests.
Enable the use of Outbound Proxy. If set to no, the Outbound Proxy parameter and Use
OB Proxy in Dialog is ignored.
The default is no.
SIP Outbound Proxy Server where all outbound requests are sent as the first hop.
Whether to force SIP requests to be sent to the outbound proxy within a dialog.
Ignored if the Use Outbound Proxy parameter is no, or if the Outbound Proxy parameter is empty.
The default is yes.
Enable periodic registration with the Proxy. This parameter is ignored if the Proxy parameter is not specified.
The default is yes.
Allow making outbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit. If
No, dial tone will not play unless registration is successful.
The default is no.
Allow answering inbound calls without successful (dynamic) registration by the unit.
If proxy responded to REGISTER with a smaller Expires value, the PAP2T will renew registration based on this smaller value instead of the configured value. If registration failed with an Expires too brief error response, the PAP2T will retry with the value given in the Min-Expires header in the error response.
The default is 3600.
Expires value in sec in a REGISTER request. PAP2T will periodically renew registration shortly before the current registration expired. This parameter is ignored if the
Register parameter is no. Range: 0 – (231 – 1) sec
Whether to use DNS SRV lookup for Proxy and Outbound Proxy.
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 112
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Field
DNS SRV Auto Prefix
Proxy Fallback Intvl
Proxy Redundancy
Method
Description
If enabled, the PAP2T will automatically prepend the Proxy or Outbound Proxy name with _sip._udp when performing a DNS SRV lookup on that name.
The default is no.
This parameter sets the delay (sec) after which the PAP2T will retry from the highest priority proxy (or outbound proxy) servers after it has failed over to a lower priority server. This parameter is useful only if the primary and backup proxy server list is provided to the PAP2T via DNS SRV record lookup on the server name. (Using multiple DNS A record per server name does not allow the notion of priority and so all hosts will be considered at the same priority and the PAP2T will not attempt to fall back after a fail over).
The default is 3600
The PAP2T makes an internal list of proxies returned in DNS SRV records. In normal mode this list will contain proxies ranked by weight and priority.
If the parameter Based on SRV port is configured, the PAP2T creates a list in normal mode first, and then inspects the port numbers based on the 1 st proxy’s port on the list.
The default is Normal.
Subscriber Information
Field
Display Name
User ID
Password
Use Auth ID
Auth ID
Call Capacity
Mini Certificate
SRTP Private Key
Description
Display name for caller ID.
Extension number for this line.
Password for this line.
To use the authentication ID and password for SIP authentication, select yes.
Otherwise, select no to use the user ID and password.
The default is no.
Authentication ID for SIP authentication.
Maximum number of calls allowed on this line interface. Choices:
{unlimited,1,2,3,…25 }. Default is 16. Note that the Linksys ATA device does not distinguish between incoming and outgoing calls when talking about call capacity.
Note: unlimited = 16
Base64 encoded of Mini-Certificate concatenated with the 1024-bit public key of the
CA signing the MC of all subscribers in the group.
The default is empty.
Base64 encoded of the 512-bit private key per subscriber for establishment of a secure call.
The default is empty.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 113
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Audio Configuration
A codec resource is considered as allocated if it has been included in the SDP codec list of an active call, even though it eventually may not be the one chosen for the connection. So, if the
G.729a codec is enabled and included in the codec list, that resource is tied up until the end of the call whether or not the call actually uses G.729a. If the G729a resource is already allocated and since only one G.729a resource is allowed per device, no other low-bit-rate codec may be allocated for subsequent calls; the only choices are G711a and G711u. On the other hand, two
G.723.1/G.726 resources are available per device.
Therefore it is important to disable the use of G.729a in order to guarantee the support of two simultaneous G.723/G.726 codec.
Field
Preferred Codec
Silence Supp Enable
Description
Preferred codec for all calls. (The actual codec used in a call still depends on the outcome of the codec negotiation protocol.) Select one of the following: G711u,
G711a, G726-16, G726-24, G726-32, G726-40, G729a, or G723.
The default is G711u.
To enable silence suppression so that silent audio frames are not transmitted, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Use Pref Codec Only
Silence Threshold
G726-32 Enable
To use only the preferred codec for all calls, select yes. (The call fails if the far end does not support this codec.) Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
Select the appropriate setting for the threshold: high, medium, or low.
The default is medium.
G729a Enable
Echo Canc Enable
G723 Enable To enable the use of the G723a codec at 6.3 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Echo Canc Adapt Enable To enable the echo canceller to adapt, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
G726-16 Enable To enable the use of the G726 codec at 16 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Echo Supp Enable
To enable the use of the G729a codec at 8 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the echo canceller, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
G726-24 Enable
To enable the use of the echo suppressor, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the G726 codec at 24 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
FAX CED Detect Enable To enable detection of the fax Caller-Entered Digits (CED) tone, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the G726 codec at 32 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 114
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
FAX CNG Detect Enable
G726-40 Enable
FAX Passthru Codec
DTMF Process INFO
FAX Codec Symmetric
DTMF Process AVT
FAX Passthru Method
DTMF Tx Method
FAX Process NSE
Hook Flash Tx Method
FAX Disable ECAN
Release Unused Codec
FAX Enable T38
FAX Tone Detect Mode
To enable detection of the fax Calling Tone (CNG), select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To enable the use of the G726 codec at 40 kbps, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Select the codec for fax passthrough, G711u or G711a.
The default is G711u.
This field is not available for the PAP2T. To use the DTMF process info feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
To force the Linksys ATA device to use a symmetric codec during fax passthrough, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
This field is not available for the PAP2T. To use the DTMF process AVT feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Select the fax passthrough method: None, NSE, or ReINVITE.
The default is NSE.
Select the method to transmit DTMF signals to the far end: InBand, AVT, INFO, Auto,
InBand+INFO, or AVT+INFO. InBand sends DTMF using the audio path. AVT sends
DTMF as AVT events. INFO uses the SIP INFO method. Auto uses InBand or AVT based on the outcome of codec negotiation.
The default is Auto.
To use the fax process NSE feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
Select the method for signaling hook flash events: None, AVT, or INFO. None does not signal hook flash events. AVT uses RFC2833 AVT (event = 16). INFO uses SIP INFO with the single line signal=hf in the message body. The MIME type for this message body is taken from the Hook Flash MIME Type setting.
The default is None.
If enabled, this feature automatically disables the echo canceller when a fax tone is detected. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is no.
This feature allows the release of codecs not used after codec negotiation on the first call, so that other codecs can be used for the second line. To use this feature, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is
yes.
To enable the use of the ITU-T T.38 standard for faxing, select yes. Otherwise, select no.
The default is yes.
This parameter has three possible values: caller or callee - SPA will detect FAX tone whether it is callee or caller caller only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the caller callee only - SPA will detect FAX tone only if it is the callee
The default is caller or callee.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 115
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Symmetric RTP (SPA3102 and AG310 only) Enable symmetric RTP operation. If enabled, the SPA3102 sends RTP packets to the source address and port of the last received valid inbound
RTP packet. If disabled (or before the first RTP packet arrives) the SPA3102 sends RTP to the destination as indicated in the inbound SDP.
The default is yes.
Dial Plans
Field Description
Dial Plan 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 Dial plan script for this line.
The default is (xx.) Dial plans in the dial plan pool to be associated with a VoIP Caller or a PSTN Caller. Each dial plan in the pool is referenced by a index 1 to 8 corresponding to Dial Plan 1 to 8. The dial plan syntax is the same as that used for
Line 1.
VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Setup
Field Description
VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway
Enable
Enable or disable VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway functionality.
The default is yes.
VoIP Caller Authentication
Method
Method to be used to authenticate a VoIP Caller to access the PSTN gateway. Choose from {none, PIN, HTTP Digest.
The default is none.
VoIP PIN Max Retry
One Stage Dialing
Line 1 VoIP Caller DP
Default VoIP Caller DP
Number of trials to allow VoIP caller to enter a PIN number (used only if authentication method is set to PIN).
The default is 3.
Enable one-stage dialing (applicable if authentication method is none, or HTTP
Digest, or caller is in the Access List).
The default is yes.
Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used when the VoIP Caller is calling from Line 1 of the same SPA3102 or AG310 unit during normal operation (in other words, not due to fallback to PSTN service when Line 1 VoIP service is down). Choose from {none, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}
Authentication is skipped for Line 1 VoIP caller.
The default is 1.
Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used when the VoIP Caller is not authenticated. Choose from {none, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}.
The default is 1.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 116
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Field
Line 1 Fallback DP
VoIP Caller ID Pattern
VoIP Access List
VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/
8 PIN
VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/
8 DP
Description
Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used when the VoIP Caller is calling from Line 1 of the same SPA3102 or AG310 unit due to fallback to PSTN service when
Line 1 VoIP service is down. Choose from {none, 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8}.
The default is 1.
A comma-separated list of caller number templates such that callers with numbers not matching any of these templates are rejected for PSTN gateway service, regardless of the setting of the authentication method. The comparison is applied before the access list is applied. If this parameter is blank (not specified), all callers are considered for PSTN gateway service.
For example: 1408*, 1512???1234.
Note: ‘?’ matches any single digit; ‘*’ matches any number of digits.
The default is blank.
A comma separated list of IP address templates, such that callers with source IP address matching any of the templates will be accepted for PSTN gateway service without further authentication. For example: 192.168.*.*, 66.43.12.1??.
The default is blank.
One of 8 PIN numbers that can be specified to control access to the PSTN gateway by a VoIP Caller, when the VoIP Caller Authentication Method parameter is set to PIN.
The default is blank.
Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be associated with the VoIP caller who enters the PIN that matches VoIP Caller 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8 PIN.
The default is 1.
VoIP Users and Passwords (HTTP Authentication)
Field Description
VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
Auth ID
The first of 8 user-id’s that a VoIP Caller can use to authenticate itself to the SPA using the HTTP Digest method (in other words, by embedding an Authorization header in the SIP INVITE message sent to the SPA. If the credentials are missing or incorrect, the
SPA will challenge the caller with a 401 response). The VoIP caller whose authentication user-id equals to this ID is referred to VoIP User 1 of this SPA.
Note: If the caller specifies an authentication user-id that does not match any of the
VoIP User Auth ID’s, the INVITE will be rejected with a 403 response.
The default is blank.
VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
DP
Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used with VoIP User 1.
The default is 1.
VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
Password
The password to be used with VoIP User 1. The user assumes the identity of VoIP User
1 must therefore compute the credentials using this password, or the INVITE will be challenged with a 401 response
The default is blank.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 117
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Field Description
VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
Auth ID
The first of 8 user-id’s that a VoIP Caller can use to authenticate itself to the SPA using the HTTP Digest method (in other words, by embedding an Authorization header in the SIP INVITE message sent to the SPA. If the credentials are missing or incorrect, the
SPA will challenge the caller with a 401 response). The VoIP caller whose authentication user-id equals to this ID is referred to VoIP User 1 of this SPA.
Note: If the caller specifies an authentication user-id that does not match any of the
VoIP User Auth ID’s, the INVITE will be rejected with a 403 response.
The default is blank.
VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
DP
Index of the dial plan in the dial plan pool to be used with VoIP User 1.
The default is 1.
VoIP User 1/2/3/4/5/6/7/8
Password
The password to be used with VoIP User 1. The user assumes the identity of VoIP User
1 must therefore compute the credentials using this password, or the INVITE will be challenged with a 401 response
The default is blank.
Ring Settings
Field
Default Ring
Description
1-8, Follow Line Cfg
FXO (PSTN) Timer Values (sec)
Field
VoIP Answer Delay
PSTN Answer Delay
VoIP PIN Digit Timeout
PSTN PIN Digit Timeout
Description
Delay in seconds before auto-answering inbound VoIP calls for the FXO account. The range is 0-255.
The default is 3.
Delay in seconds before auto-answering inbound PSTN calls after the PSTN starts ringing. The range is 0-255.
The default is 16.
Timeout to wait for the 1 st or subsequent PIN digits from a VoIP caller. The range is 0-
255.
The default is 10.
Timeout to wait for the 1 st or subsequent PIN digits from a PSTN caller. The range is
0-255.
The default is 10.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 118
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Field
VoIP DLG Refresh Intvl
PSTN Ring Thru Delay
PSTN-To-VoIP Call Max
Dur
VoIP-To-PSTN Call Max
Dur
PSTN Dialing Delay
PSTN Ring Timeout
PSTN Dial Digit Len
PSTN Hook Flash Len
PSTN Ring Thru CWT
Delay
PSTN Ring Timeout
PSTN Dialing Delay
PSTN Dial Digit Len
PSTN Hook Flash Len
Description
Interval between (SIP) Dialog refresh messages sent by the SPA to detect if the VoIP call-leg is still up. If value is set to 0, SPA will not send refresh messages and VoIP callleg status is not checked by the SPA. The refresh message is a SIP ReINVITE and the
VoIP peer must response with a 2xx response. If VoIP peer does not reply or response is not greater than 2xx, the SPA will disconnect both PSTN and VoIP call legs automatically. The range is 0-255.
The default is 30.
Delay in seconds before starting to ring thru Line 1 after the PSTN starts ringing. In order for Line 1 to have the caller-id information, the delay should be set to larger than the delay required to complete the PSTN caller-id delivery (such as 5s). The range is 0-255.
The default is 5.
Limit on the duration of a PSTN-To-VoIP Gateway Call. Unit is in seconds. 0 means unlimited. The range is 0-2147483647.
The default is 0.
Limit on the duration of a VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Call. Unit is in seconds. 0 means unlimited. The range is 0-2147483647.
The default is 0.
Delay after hook before the SPA dials a PSTN number. The range is 0-255.
The default is 1.
Delay after a ring burst before the SPA decides that PSTN ring has ceased. The range is 0-255.
The default is 5.
Determines the on/off time when transmitting digits through the FXO port. The syntax is
on-time
/
off-time
, where
on-time
and
off-time
are expressed in seconds with up to two decimal places, within the permitted range, which is from .05 to 3.00.
The default is .1/.1. If this value is blank, the default is used.
The length of the hook flash in seconds. During a PSTN-to-VoIP gateway call, the
Linksys ATA processes the out-of-band hook flash signal sent from the VoIP peer through a hook-flash (momentary on-hook signal) on the FXO port. This allows the
VoIP peer to initiate a three-way conference call and subsequent call transfer. The duration of the on-hook signal can be configured using this parameter.
The default is 0.25. The permitted range is limited to 0.02 to 1.6 seconds.
Specify the delay before incoming PSTN calls will ring Line 1 using a Call Waiting
Tone. The default is 3.
Specify the delay after a ring burst before the Gateway decides that the PSTN ring has ended. The default is 5.
Specify the delay after the PSTN phone line is on-hook before the Gateway dials a
PSTN number. The default is 1.
Specify the on/off time when the Gateway transmits digits through the Line (FXO) port. The syntax is on-time/off-time, expressed in seconds with up to two decimal places. The permitted range is 0.05 to 3.00. The default is .1/.1.
Default is .25.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 119
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
PSTN Disconnect Detection
Field
Detect CPC
Detect Polarity Reversal
Detect (PSTN) Long
Silence
Min CPC Duration
Detect Disconnect Tone
Description
CPC is a brief removal of tip-and-ring voltage. If enabled, the SPA will disconnect both call legs when this signal is detected during a gateway call.
The default is yes.
If enabled, SPA will disconnect both call legs when this signal is detected during a gateway call. If it is a PSTN gateway call, the 1st polarity reversal is ignored and the
2 nd one triggers the disconnection. For VoIP gateway call, the 1 st polarity reversal triggers the disconnection.
The default is yes.
If enabled, SPA will disconnect both call legs when the PSTN side has no voice activity for a duration longer than the length specified in the Long Silence Duration parameter during a gateway call
The default is yes.
Specify the minimum duration of a low tip-and-ring voltage (below 1V) for the
Gateway to recognize it as a CPC signal or PSTN line removal. The default is 0.2.
If enabled, SPA will disconnect both call legs when it detects the disconnect tone from the PSTN side during a gateway call. Disconnect tone is specified in the
Disconnect Tone parameter, which depends on the region of the PSTN service.
The default is yes.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 120
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Field
(PSTN) Long Silence
Duration
Silence Threshold
Disconnect Tone
Description
This is minimum length of PSTN silence (or inactivity) in seconds to trigger a gateway call disconnection if Detect Long Silence is yes.
The default is 30.
This parameter adjusts the sensitivity of PSTN silence detection. Choose from {very low, low, medium, high, very high}. The higher the setting, the easier to detect silence and hence easier to trigger a disconnection.
The default is medium.
This is the tone script which describes to the SPA the tone to detect as a disconnect tone. The syntax follows a standard Tone Script with some restrictions. Default value is standard US reorder (fast busy) tone, for 4 seconds.
Restrictions:
• 2 frequency components must be given. If single frequency is desired, the same frequency is used for both
• The tone level value is not used. –30 (dBm) should be used for now.
• Only 1 segment set is allowed
• Total duration of the segment set is interpreted as the minimum duration of the tone to trigger detection
• 6 segments of on/off time (seconds) can be specified. A 10% margin is used to validated cadence characteristics of the tone.
The Disconnect Tone Script and Impedance value for various countries follow:
US—480@-30,620@-30;4(.25/.25/1+2) —Impedance: 600
UK—400@-30,400@-30; 2(3/0/1+2) —Impedance: 370+620
France—440@-30,440@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 270+750||150nF
Germany—425@-10; 10(0.48/0.48/1) —Impedance:220+820||120nF
Netherlands—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 600
Sweden—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1) —Impedance:600
Norway—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1) —Impedance: 600
Italy—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.2/0.2/1+2)— Impedance: 220+820||120nF
Spain—425@-10; 10(0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.6/1) —Impedance: 220+820||120nF
Portugal—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance:220+820||120nF
Poland—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance: n/a
Denmark—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1)— Impedance: 600
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 121
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
International Control (Settings)
Field
FXO Port Impedance
Description
Desired impedance of the FXO Port. Choose from {600, 900, 370+620,
270+750||150nF, 220+820||120nF, 370 + 620 || 310nf, 320 + 1050 || 230nf, 370 +
820 || 110 nf, 275 + 780 || 115nf, 120 + 820 || 110nf, 350 + 1000 || 210nf, 0 + 900 ||
130nf }
The default is 600.
The Disconnect Tone Script and Impedance values for various countries follos:
US—480@-30,620@-30;4(.25/.25/1+2) —Impedance: 600
UK—400@-30,400@-30; 2(3/0/1+2) —Impedance: 370+620
France—440@-30,440@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 270+750||150nF
Germany—425@-10; 10(0.48/0.48/1) —Impedance:220+820||120nF
Netherlands—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.5/0.5/1+2) —Impedance: 600
Sweden—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1) —Impedance:600
Norway—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1) —Impedance: 600
Italy—425@-30,425@-30; 2(0.2/0.2/1+2)— Impedance: 220+820||120nF
Spain—425@-10; 10(0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.2/1,0.2/0.6/1) —Impedance: 220+820||120nF
Portugal—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance:220+820||120nF
Poland—425@-10; 10(0.5/0.5/1)— Impedance: n/a
Denmark—425@-10; 10(0.25/0.25/1)— Impedance: 600
Ring Frequency Min
SPA To PSTN Gain
Ring Frequency Max
PSTN To SPA Gain
Specify the lower limit of the ring frequency used to detect the ring signal. The default is 10.
dB of digital gain (or attenuation if negative) to be applied to the signal sent from the
SPA to the PSTN side. The range is -15 to 12.
The default is 0.
Specify the higher limit of the ring frequency used to detect the ring signal. The default is 100.
dB of digital gain (or attenuation if negative) to be applied to the signal sent from the
PSTN side to the SPA. The range is -15 to 12.
The default is 0.
Ring Validation Time
Tip/Ring Voltage Adjust
Operational Loop Current
Min
Choices for mA are: {10, 12, 14, 16).
The default is 10.
On-Hook Speed
Current Limiting Enable
Choose from {Less than 0.5ms, 3ms (ETSI), 26ms (Australia)}.
The default is Less than 0.5ms.
Enable or disable current limiting.
The default is no.
Ring Frequency Min
Ring Frequency Max
Specify the minimum signal duration required by the Gateway for recognition as a ring signal. The default is 256 ms.
Choices are {3.1, 3.2, 3.35, 3.5}.
The default is 3.5.
Minimum ring frequency to detect. The range is 5-100.
The default is 10.
Maximum ring frequency to detect. The range is 5-100.
The default is 100.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 122
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
Field
Ring Validation Time
Ring Indication Delay
Ring Timeout
Ring Threshold
Ringer Impedance
Line-In-Use Voltage
Description
Choose from {100, 150, 200, 256, 384, 512, 640, 1024} (ms).
The default is 256ms.
Choose from {0, 512, 768, 1024, 1280, 1536, 1792} (ms).
The default is 512ms.
Choose from {0, 128, 256, 384, 512, 640, 768, 896, 1024, 1152, 1280, 1408, 1536, 1664,
1792, 1920} (ms).
The default is 640 ms.
Choose from {13.5–16.5, 19.35–2.65, 40.5–49.5} (Vrms).
The default is 13.5-16.5 Vrms.
Choose from {High, Synthesized(Poland, S.Africa, Slovenia)}.
The default is high.
Determines the voltage threshold at which the SPA-3000 assumes the PSTN is in use by another handset sharing the same line (and will declare PSTN gateway service not available to incoming VoIP callers).
The default value is 40v.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 123
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
User Tab(s)
User Tab(s)
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the User 1 and User 2 tabs:
•
”Call Forward Settings” section on page 124
•
”Selective Call Forward Settings” section on page 125
•
”Speed Dial Settings” section on page 125
•
”Supplementary Service Settings” section on page 125
•
”Distinctive Ring Settings” section on page 126
•
”Ring Settings” section on page 127
NOTE: For the SPA8000, the settings on this page occur on each Line tab ([1] to [8]).
When a call is made from Line 1 or Line 2, Linksys ATA device shall use the user and line settings for that Line; there is no user login support in Linksys ATA device v1.0. Per user parameter tags must be appended with [1] or [2] (corresponding to line 1 or 2) in the configuration profile. It is omitted below for readability.
Call Forward Settings
Field
Cfwd All Dest
Cfwd Busy Dest
Cfwd No Ans Dest
Cfwd No Ans Delay
Description
Forward number for Call Forward All Service
In addition to normal call forward destination as used in the other ATAs, on the
SPA3102 or AG310, you can specify the following additional parameters: gw0 – forward the caller to use the PSTN gateway
<pstn-number>@gw0 – forward to caller to the PSTN number (dialed automatically by the SPlocalA through the PSTN gateway)
The default is blank.
Forward number for Call Forward Busy Service. Same as Cfwd All Dest.
The default is blank.
Forward number for Call Forward No Answer Service. Same as Cfwd All Dest.
In addition to normal call forward destination as used in the other ATAs, on the
SPA3102 or AG310, you can specify the following additional parameters: gw0 – forward the caller to use the PSTN gateway
<pstn-number>@gw0 – forward to caller to the PSTN number (dialed automatically by the SPA through the PSTN gateway)
The default is blank.
Delay in sec before Call Forward No Answer triggers. Same as Cfwd All Dest.
The default is 20.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 124
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
User Tab(s)
Selective Call Forward Settings
Field
Cfwd Sel1- 8 Caller
Cfwd Sel1 - 8 Dest
Block Last Caller
Accept Last Caller
Cfwd Last Caller
Cfwd Last Dest
Description
Caller number pattern to trigger Call Forward Selective 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
The default is blank.
Forward number for Call Forward Selective 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, or 8.
Same as Cfwd All Dest.
The default is blank.
ID of caller blocked via the Block Last Caller service.
The default is blank.
ID of caller accepted via the Accept Last Caller service.
The default is blank.
The Caller number that is actively forwarded to Cfwd Last Dest by using the Call
Forward Last activation code
The default is blank.
Forward number for the Cfwd Last Caller parameter.
Same as Cfwd All Dest.
The default is blank.
Speed Dial Settings
This section does not apply to the WIP310 wireless phone.
Field
Speed Dial 2-9
Description
Target phone number (or URL) assigned to speed dial 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
The default is blank.
Supplementary Service Settings
The Linksys ATA device provides native support of a large set of enhanced or supplementary services. All of these services are optional. The parameters listed in the following table are used to enable or disable a specific supplementary service. A supplementary service should be disabled if a) the user has not subscribed for it, or b) the Service Provider intends to support similar service using other means than relying on the Linksys ATA device.
Field
CW Setting
Block CID Setting
Block ANC Setting
Description
Call Waiting on/off for all calls.
The default is yes.
Block Caller ID on/off for all calls.
The default is no.
Block Anonymous Calls on or off.
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 125
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
User Tab(s)
Field
DND Setting
CID Setting
CWCID Setting
Dist Ring Setting
Secure Call Setting
Message Waiting
Accept Media Loopback
Request
Media Loopback Mode
Media Loopback Type
Description
DND on or off.
The default is no.
Caller ID Generation on or off.
The default is yes.
Call Waiting Caller ID Generation on or off.
The default is yes.
Distinctive Ring on or off.
The default is yes.
If yes, all outbound calls are secure calls by default.
The default is no.
This is updated when there is voicemail notification received by the Linksys ATA device. The user can also manually modify it to clear or set the flag. Setting this value to yes can activate stutter tone and VMWI signal. This parameter is stored in long term memory and will survive after reboot or power cycle.
The default is no.
Controls how to handle incoming requests for loopback operation. Choices are:
Never, Automatic, and Manual, where:
• never—never accepts loopback calls; reply 486 to the caller
• automatic—automatically accepts the call without ringing
• manual —rings the phone first, and the call must be picked up manually before loopback starts.
The default is Automatic.
The loopback mode to assume locally when making call to request media loopback.
Choices are: Source and Mirror. Default is Source.
Note that if the Linksys ATA device answers the call, the mode is determined by the caller.
The loopback type to use when making call to request media loopback operation.
Choices are Media and Packet. Default is Media.
Note that if the Linksys ATA device answers the call, then the loopback type is determined by the caller (the Linksys ATA device always picks the first loopback type in the offer if it contains multiple types.)
Distinctive Ring Settings
Caller number patterns are matched from Ring 1 to Ring 8. The first match (not the closest match) will be used for alerting the subscriber.
Field
Ring1 - 9 Caller
Description
Caller number pattern to play Distinctive Ring/CWT 1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6, 7, 8, or 9.
The default is blank.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 126
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
User Tab(s)
Ring Settings
Field
Default Ring
Default CWT
Hold Reminder Ring
Call Back Ring
Cfwd Ring Splash Len
Cblk Ring Splash Len
VMWI Ring Splash Len
VMWI Ring Policy
Ring On No New VM
Description
Default ringing pattern, 1 – 8, for all callers.
The default is 1.
Default CWT pattern, 1 – 8, for all callers.
The default is 2.
Ring pattern for reminder of a holding call when the phone is on-hook.
The default is None.
Ring pattern for call back notification.
The default is None.
Duration of ring splash when a call is forwarded
(0 – 10.0s).
The default is 0.
Duration of ring splash when a call is blocked (0 – 10.0s).
The default is 0.
Duration of ring splash when new messages arrive before the VMWI signal is applied
(0 – 10.0s).
The default is .5.
The parameter controls when a ring splash is played when a the VM server sends a
SIP NOTIFY message to the Linksys ATA device indicating the status of the subscriber’s mail box. 3 settings are available:
• New VM Available—ring as long as there is 1 or more unread voicemail
• New VM Becomes Available—ring when the number of unread voicemail changes from 0 to non-zero
• New VM Arrives—ring when the number of unread voicemail increases.
The default is New VM Available.
If enabled, the Linksys ATA device will play a ring splash when the VM server sends
SIP NOTIFY message to the Linksys ATA device indicating that there are no more unread voicemails. Some equipment requires a short ring to precede the FSK signal to turn off VMWI lamp.
The default is no.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 127
Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
This section describes the fields for the following headings on the PSTN User tab on the
SPA3102 and AG310:
•
”PSTN-To-VoIP Selective Call Forward Settings” section on page 128
•
”PSTN-To-VoIP Speed Dial Settings” section on page 128
•
”PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Distinctive Ring Settings” section on page 128
•
”PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Ring Settings” section on page 128
PSTN-To-VoIP Selective Call Forward Settings
Field
Cfwd Sel1-8 Caller
Cfwd Sel1-8 Dest
Description
Eight PSTN Caller Number Patterns to be blocked for VoIP gateway services or forwarded to a certain VoIP number. If the caller is blocked, the SPA will not autoanswers the call.
Eight VoIP destinations to forward a PSTN caller matching the Cfwd Sel x Caller
parameter. If this entry is blank, the PSTN caller is blocked for VoIP service.
PSTN-To-VoIP Speed Dial Settings
Field
Speed Dial 1-9
Description
The VoIP number to call when the PSTN caller dials a single digit ‘2’
PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Distinctive Ring Settings
Field
Ring1-8 Caller
Description
Eight PSTN Caller Number Patterns such that the corresponding ring will be used to ring through Line 1 if the PSTN caller matches this pattern.
PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Ring Settings
Field
Default Ring
Description
The default ring to be used to ring through Line 1. Choose from
{1,2,3,4,5,6,7,8,Follow Line 1}. If Follow Line 1 is selected, the ring to be used is determined by Line 1’s distinctive ring settings.
The default is 1.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 128
8
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ
This section provides solutions to problems that may occur during the installation and operation of the Linksys ATA devices. If you can't find an answer here, check the Linksys website at www.linksys.com.
Q.
I want to use a different computer to access the Web Configuration Utility. The address I entered did not work.
A. Use the Interactive Voice Response Menu to find out the Internet IP address. Follow these steps:
1. Use a telephone connected to the Phone 1 port of the Linksys ATA.
2. Press **** (in other words, press the star key four times).
3. Wait until you hear “Linksys configuration menu. Please enter the option followed by the #
(pound) key or hang up to exit.”
4. Press 110#.
5. You hear the IP address assigned to the Linksys ATA Internet (external) interface. Write it down.
6. Press 7932#.
7. Press 1 to enable WAN access to the Web Configuration Utility.
8. Open the web browser on a networked computer.
9. Enter http://(Internet IP address of the Linksys ATA).
Q.
I’m trying to access the Linksys ATA Web Configuration Utility, but I do not see the login screen. Instead, I see a screen saying, “404 Forbidden.”
A. If you are using Windows Explorer, perform the following steps until you see the Web
Configuration Utility login screen (Mozilla requires similar steps):
1. Click File. Make sure Work Offline is NOT checked.
2. Press CTRL + F5. This is a hard refresh, which forces Windows Explorer to load new webpages, not cached ones.
3. Click Tools. Click Internet Options. Click the Security tab. Click the Default level button.
Make sure the security level is Medium or lower. Then click the OK button.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 129
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ
Q.
How do I save my current configuration?
A. Currently, the only way is to do HTTPGET from an HTTP client, from which you get the entire HTML page. Alternatively, from your browser you can select File > Save as > HTML from any of the Web Configuration Utility pages. Do this in Admin, Advanced mode.
This saves all the tabs into one HTML file. This HTML file is helpful to provide to our support team when you have a problem or technical question.
Q.
How do I debug my ATA? Is there a syslog?
A. The Linksys ATA devices send out debug information via syslog to a syslog server. The ports can be configured (by default the port is 514).
1. Make sure you do not have firewall running on your PC that could block port 514.
2. On the Web Configuration Utility System tab, set Debug Server as the IP address and port number of your syslog server. Note that this address has to be reachable from the
Linksys ATA device.
3. Also, set Debug level to 3.
You do not need to change the value of the syslog server parameter.
4. To capture SIP signaling messages, under the Line tab, set SIP Debug Option to Full.
The file output is syslog.<portnum>.log (for the default port setting, syslog.514.log).
Q.
How do I access the Linksys ATA device if I forget my password?
A. By default, the User and Admin accounts have no password. If the ITSP set the password for either account and you do not know what it is, you need to contact the ITSP. If the password for the user account was configured after you received the Linksys ATA device, you can reset the device to the user factory default, which preserves any provisioning completed by the ITSP. If the Admin account needs to be reset, you have to perform a full factory reset, which also erases any provisioning.
To reset the Linksys ATA to the factory defaults, perform the following steps:
1. Connect an analog phone to the Linksys ATA device and access the IVR by pressing ****.
2. Press the appropriate code to reset the unit:
• Press 877778# to reset the unit to the defaults as it shipped from the ITSP. This will reset the User account password to the default of blank.
• Press 73738# to perform a full reset of unit to the defaults as it shipped from Linksys.
This will reset the Admin account password to the default of blank.
3. Press 1 to confirm the operation.
Press * to cancel the operation.
4. Login to the unit using the User or Admin account without a password and reconfigure the unit as necessary.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 130
Troubleshooting
Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ
Q.
My Linksys ATA is behind a NAT device or firewall and I’m unable to make a call or I’m only receiving a one-way connection. What should I do?
A:
1. Configure your router to port forward “TCP port 80" to the IP address currently being used by your Linksys ATA device. If you do this often, we suggest that you use static IP address for the ATA, instead of DHCP. (For help with port forwarding, consult your router documentation)
2. On the Line tab of the Web Configuration Utility, change the value of Nat Mapping Enable to
yes. On the SIP tab; change Substitute VIA Addr to yes, and the EXT IP parameter to the IP address of your router.
3. Make sure you are not blocking the UDP PORT 5060,5061 and port for UDP packets in the range of 16384-16482. Also, disable “SPI” if this feature is provided by your firewall. Identify the SIP server to which the Linksys ATA device is registering, if it supports NAT, using the
Outbound Proxy parameter.
4. Add a STUN server to allow traversal of UDP packets through the NAT device. On the SIP tab of the Web Configuration Utility, set STUN Enable to yes, and enter the IP address of the
STUN server in STUN Server.
STUN (Simple Traversal of UDP through NATs) is a protocol defined by RFC 3489, that allows a client behind a NAT device to find out its public address, the type of NAT it is behind, and the port associated on the Internet connection with a particular local port. This information is used to set up UDP communication between two hosts that are both behind NAT routers.
Open source STUN software can be obtained at the following website: http://www.voip-info.org/wiki-Open+Source+VOIP+Software
NOTE: STUN does not work with a symmetric NAT router. Enable debug through syslog (see
FAQ#10), and set STUN Test Enable to yes. The messages indicate whether you have symmetric
NAT or not.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 131
A
Environmental Specifications
PAP2T
Environmental Specifications
PAP2T
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
3.98” x 3.98” x 1.10” (101 x 101 x 28 mm) W x H x D
5.40 oz (153g)
100-240V 50-60Hz, AC Input
FCC (Part 15 Class B), cUL, CE, IC-003, A-Tick
32 to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)
-17º to 158ºF (-27 to 70ºC)
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
SPA2102
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
3.98” x 3.98” x 1.10” (101 x 101 x 28 mm) W x H x D
5.29 oz (0.15kg)
100-240V 50-60Hz (26-34VA), AC Input
FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, ICES-003
32º to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)
-13º to 185ºF (-25 to 85ºC)
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 1
Environmental Specifications
SPA3102
SPA3102
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
3.98” x 3.98” x 1.10” (101 x 101 x 28 mm)
5.11 oz (0.145kg)
100-240V 50-60Hz (26-34VA), AC Input
FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, ICES-003, A-Tick Certification, RoH
32º to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)
-13º to 185ºF (-25 to 85ºC)
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
SPA8000
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
6.69” x 1.54” x 8.66” (170 x 39 x 220 mm)
2.85 lbs (1.30kg)
100-240V 50-60Hz (26-34VA), AC Input
FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, ICES-003, A-Tick Certification, RoH, UL
32º to 113º F(0 to 45ºC)
-13º to 185ºF (-25 to 85ºC)
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
10% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 2
Environmental Specifications
RTP300
RTP300
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
6.69” x 6.69” x 1.22” (170 x 170 x 31 mm)
12.20 oz (.346 kg)
External, 12V DC, 1.0A
FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, cUL
32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC)
-4º to 140ºF (-20 to 60ºC)
10% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
WRP400
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
5.51” x 5.51” x 1.06” (140 x 140 x 27 mm)
10.05 oz (285 g)
External, Switching 5VDC 2A
FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, CB, IC, UL, WiFi (802.11b + WPA2, 802.11g +WPA, WMM)
32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC)
-4º to 158ºF (-20 to 70ºC)
0% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 3
Environmental Specifications
WRTP54G
WRTP54G
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
6.69 ” x 6.69” x 1.22” (170 x 170 x 31 mm)
13.60 oz (.39 kg)
External, 12V DC, 1.0A
FCC (Part 15 Class B), CE, UL
32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC)
-4º to 140ºF (-20 to 60ºC)
10% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
AG310
Device
Dimensions
Unit Weight
Power
Certification
6.69 ” x 6.69” x 1.22” (170 x 170 x 31 mm)
14.39 oz (.41 kg)
12V DC, 1.25A
FCC (Part 15B SubpartB Class B, FCC (Part 15C SubpartB, FCC (Part 68), UL60950, UL1950, A-
Tick, UPnP able/cert Able, CE certification pending, Comply to RoHS
32º to 104º F(0 to 40ºC) Operating
Temp
Storage Temp
Operating
Humidity
Storage
Humidity
-4º to 158ºF (-20 to 70ºC)
10% to 85% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
5% to 90% relative humidity, Non-Condensing
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 4
B
Warranty Information
Limited Warranty
Warranty Information
Limited Warranty
Linksys warrants this Linksys hardware product against defects in materials and workmanship under normal use for the Warranty Period, which begins on the date of purchase by the original end-user purchaser and lasts for the period specified for this product at www.linksys.com/ warranty. The internet URL address and the web pages referred to herein may be updated by
Linksys from time to time; the version in effect at the date of purchase shall apply.
This limited warranty is non-transferable and extends only to the original end-user purchaser.
Your exclusive remedy and Linksysf entire liability under this limited warranty will be for
Linksys, at its option, to (a) repair the product with new or refurbished parts, (b) replace the product with a reasonably available equivalent new or refurbished Linksys product, or (c) refund the purchase price of the product less any rebates. Any repaired or replacement products will be warranted for the remainder of the original Warranty Period or thirty (30) days, whichever is longer. All products and parts that are replaced become the property of Linksys.
Exclusions and Limitations
This limited warranty does not apply if: (a) the product assembly seal has been removed or damaged, (b) the product has been altered or modified, except by Linksys, (c) the product damage was caused by use with non.Linksys products, (d) the product has not been installed, operated, repaired, or maintained in accordance with instructions supplied by Linksys, (e) the product has been subjected to abnormal physical or electrical stress, misuse, negligence, or accident, (f ) the serial number on the Product has been altered, defaced, or removed, or (g) the product is supplied or licensed for beta, evaluation, testing or demonstration purposes for which Linksys does not charge a purchase price or license fee.
ALL SOFTWARE PROVIDED BY LINKSYS WITH THE PRODUCT, WHETHER FACTORY LOADED ON
THE PRODUCT OR CONTAINED ON MEDIA ACCOMPANYING THE PRODUCT, IS PROVIDED AS IS
WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND. Without limiting the foregoing, Linksys does not warrant that the operation of the product or software will be uninterrupted or error free. Also, due to the continual development of new techniques for intruding upon and attacking networks,
Linksys does not warrant that the product, software or any equipment, system or network on which the product or software is used will be free of vulnerability to intrusion or attack. The product may include or be bundled with third party software or service offerings. This limited warranty shall not apply to such third party software or service offerings. This limited warranty does not guarantee any continued availability of a third party’s service for which this product’s use or operation may require.
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, ALL IMPLIED WARRANTIES AND CONDITIONS OF
MERCHANTABILITY, SATISFACTORY QUALITY OR FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE
LIMITED TO THE DURATION OF THE WARRANTY PERIOD. ALL OTHER EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
CONDITIONS, REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, ANY
IMPLIED WARRANTY OF NON-INFRINGEMENT, ARE DISCLAIMED. Some jurisdictions do not allow limitations on how long an implied warranty lasts, so the above limitation may not apply to you. This limited warranty gives you specific legal rights, and you may also have other rights which vary by jurisdiction.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 5
Warranty Information
Obtaining Warranty Service
TO THE EXTENT NOT PROHIBITED BY LAW, IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST
DATA, REVENUE OR PROFIT, OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF THE THEORY OF LIABILITY (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE),
ARISING OUT OF OR RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE PRODUCT (INCLUDING
ANY SOFTWARE), EVEN IF LINKSYS HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS’ LIABILITY EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PRODUCT.
The foregoing limitations will apply even if any warranty or remedy provided under this limited warranty fails of its essential purpose. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to you.
Obtaining Warranty Service
If you have a question about your product or experience a problem with it, please go to www.linksys.com/support where you will find a variety of online support tools and information to assist you with your product. If the product proves defective during the Warranty Period, contact the Value Added Reseller (VAR) from whom you purchased the product or Linksys
Technical Support for instructions on how to obtain warranty service. The telephone number for Linksys Technical Support in your area can be found in the product User Guide and at www.linksys.com. Have your product serial number and proof of purchase on hand when calling. A DATED PROOF OF ORIGINAL PURCHASE IS REQUIRED TO PROCESS WARRANTY
CLAIMS. If you are requested to return your product, you will be given a Return Materials
Authorization (RMA) number. You are responsible for properly packaging and shipping your product to Linksys at your cost and risk. You must include the RMA number and a copy of your dated proof of original purchase when returning your product. Products received without a
RMA number and dated proof of original purchase will be rejected. Do not include any other items with the product you are returning to Linksys. Defective product covered by this limited warranty will be repaired or replaced and returned to you without charge. Customers outside of the United States of America and Canada are responsible for all shipping and handling charges, custom duties, VAT and other associated taxes and charges. Repairs or replacements not covered under this limited warranty will be subject to charge at Linksys’ then-current rates.
Technical Support
This limited warranty is neither a service nor a support contract. Information about Linksys’ current technical support offerings and policies (including any fees for support services) can be found at: www.linksys.com/support. This limited warranty is governed by the laws of the jurisdiction in which the Product was purchased by you. Please direct all inquiries to: Linksys,
P.O. Box 18558, Irvine, CA 92623
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 6
C
Regulatory Information
Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement
Regulatory Information
This appendix includes the following regulatory statements:
•
”Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement,” on page 7
•
”Industry Canada Statement,” on page 7
•
”Règlement d’Industry Canada,” on page 7
•
”EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe),” on page 8
•
Federal Communications Commission Interference
Statement
This product has been tested and complies with the specifications for a Class B digital device, pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules. These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation. This equipment generates, uses, and can radiate radio frequency energy and, if not installed and used according to the instructions, may cause harmful interference to radio communications. However, there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation. If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception, which is found by turning the equipment off and on, the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures:
• Reorient or relocate the receiving antenna
• Increase the separation between the equipment or devices
• Connect the equipment to an outlet other than the receiver’s
• Consult a dealer or an experienced radio/TV technician for assistance
Industry Canada Statement
This device complies with Industry Canada ICES-003 rule.
Operation is subject to the following two conditions:
This device may not cause interference and
This device must accept any interference, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device.
Règlement d’Industry Canada
Cet appareil est conforme à la norme NMB003 d’Industrie Canada.
Le fonctionnement est soumis aux conditions suivantes :
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 7
Regulatory Information
EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe)
• Ce périphérique ne doit pas causer d’interférences;
• Ce périphérique doit accepter toutes les interférences reçues, y compris celles qui risquent d’entraîner un fonctionnement indésirable..
EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe)
In compliance with the EMC Directive 89/336/EEC, Low Voltage Directive 73/23/EEC, and
Amendment Directive 93/68/EEC, this product meets the requirements of the following standards:
• EN55022 Emission
• EN55024 Immunity
The following acknowledgements pertain to this software license.
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by
EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electric and
Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
This document contains important information for users with regards to the proper disposal and recycling of Linksys products. Consumers are required to comply with this notice for all electronic products bearing the following symbol:
English - Environmental Information for Customers in the European Union
European Directive 2002/96/EC requires that the equipment bearing this symbol on the product and/or its packaging must not be disposed of with unsorted municipal waste. The symbol indicates that this product should be disposed of separately from regular household waste streams. It is your responsibility to dispose of this and other electric and electronic equipment via designated collection facilities appointed by the government or local authorities. Correct disposal and recycling will help prevent potential negative consequences to the environment and human health. For more detailed information about the disposal of your old equipment, please contact your local authorities, waste disposal service, or the shop where you purchased the product.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 8
Regulatory Information
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste
Български (Bulgarian) - Информация относно опазването на околната среда за потребители в Европейския съюз
Европейска директива 2002/96/EC изисква уредите, носещи този символ върху изделието и/или опаковката му, да не се изхвърля т с несортирани битови отпадъци.
Символът обозначава, че изделието трябва да се изхвърля отделно от сметосъбирането на обикновените битови отпадъци. Ваша е отговорността този и другите електрически и електронни уреди да се изхвърлят в предварително определени от държавните или общински органи специализирани пунктове за събиране. Правилното изхвърляне и рециклиране ще спомогнат да се предотвратят евентуални вредни за околната среда и здравето на населението последствия. За по-подробна информация относно изхвърлянето на вашите стари уреди се обърнете към местните власти, службите за сметосъбиране или магазина, от който сте закупили уреда.
Ceština (Czech) - Informace o ochranì _ivotního prostøedí pro zákazníky v zemích
Evropské unie
Evropská smìrnice 2002/96/ES zakazuje, aby zaøízení oznaèené tímto symbolem na produktu anebo na obalu bylo likvidováno s netøídìným komunálním odpadem. Tento symbol udává, _e daný produkt musí být likvidován oddìlenì od bì_ného komunálního odpadu. Odpovídáte za likvidaci tohoto produktu a dalších elektrických a elektronických zaøízení prostøednictvím urèených sbìrných míst stanovených vládou nebo místními úøady. Správná likvidace a recyklace pomáhá pøedcházet potenciálním negativním dopadùm na _ivotní prostøedí a lidské zdraví. Podrobnìjší informace o likvidaci starého vybavení si laskavì vy_ádejte od místních úøadù, podniku zabývajícího se likvidací komunálních odpadù nebo obchodu, kde jste produkt zakoupili.
Dansk (Danish) - Miljøinformation for kunder i EU
EU-direktiv 2002/96/EF kræver, at udstyr der bærer dette symbol på produktet og/eller emballagen ikke må bortskaffes som usorteret kommunalt affald. Symbolet betyder, at dette produkt skal bortskaffes adskilt fra det almindelige husholdningsaffald. Det er dit ansvar at bortskaffe dette og andet elektrisk og elektronisk udstyr via bestemte indsamlingssteder udpeget af staten eller de lokale myndigheder. Korrekt bortskaffelse og genvinding vil hjælpe med til at undgå mulige skader for miljøet og menneskers sundhed. Kontakt venligst de lokale myndigheder, renovationstjenesten eller den butik, hvor du har købt produktet, angående mere detaljeret information om bortskaffelse af dit gamle udstyr.
Deutsch (German) - Umweltinformation für Kunden innerhalb der Europäischen Union
Die Europäische Richtlinie 2002/96/EC verlangt, dass technische Ausrüstung, die direkt am
Gerät und/oder an der Verpackung mit diesem Symbol versehen ist , nicht zusammen mit unsortiertem Gemeindeabfall entsorgt werden darf. Das Symbol weist darauf hin, dass das
Produkt von regulärem Haushaltmüll getrennt entsorgt werden sollte. Es liegt in Ihrer
Verantwortung, dieses Gerät und andere elektrische und elektronische Geräte über die dafür zuständigen und von der Regierung oder örtlichen Behörden dazu bestimmten Sammelstellen zu entsorgen. Ordnungsgemäßes Entsorgen und Recyceln trägt dazu bei, potentielle negative
Folgen für Umwelt und die menschliche Gesundheit zu vermeiden. Wenn Sie weitere
Informationen zur Entsorgung Ihrer Altgeräte benötigen, wenden Sie sich bitte an die örtlichen
Behörden oder städtischen Entsorgungsdienste oder an den Händler, bei dem Sie das Produkt erworben haben.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 9
Regulatory Information
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste
Eesti (Estonian) - Keskkonnaalane informatsioon Euroopa Liidus asuvatele klientidele
Euroopa Liidu direktiivi 2002/96/EÜ nõuete kohaselt on seadmeid, millel on tootel või pakendil käesolev sümbol , keelatud kõrvaldada koos sorteerimata olmejäätmetega. See sümbol näitab, et toode tuleks kõrvaldada eraldi tavalistest olmejäätmevoogudest. Olete kohustatud kõrvaldama käesoleva ja ka muud elektri- ja elektroonikaseadmed riigi või kohalike ametiasutuste poolt ette nähtud kogumispunktide kaudu. Seadmete korrektne kõrvaldamine ja ringlussevõtt aitab vältida võimalikke negatiivseid tagajärgi keskkonnale ning inimeste tervisele. Vanade seadmete kõrvaldamise kohta täpsema informatsiooni saamiseks võtke palun
ühendust kohalike ametiasutustega, jäätmekäitlusfirmaga või kauplusega, kust te toote ostsite.
Español (Spanish) - Información medioambiental para clientes de la Unión Europea
La Directiva 2002/96/CE de la UE exige que los equipos que lleven este símbolo en el propio aparato y/o en su embalaje no deben eliminarse junto con otros residuos urbanos no seleccionados. El símbolo indica que el producto en cuestión debe separarse de los residuos domésticos convencionales con vistas a su eliminación. Es responsabilidad suya desechar este y cualesquiera otros aparatos eléctricos y electrónicos a través de los puntos de recogida que ponen a su disposición el gobierno y las autoridades locales. Al desechar y reciclar correctamente estos aparatos estará contribuyendo a evitar posibles consecuencias negativas para el medio ambiente y la salud de las personas. Si desea obtener información más detallada sobre la eliminación segura de su aparato usado, consulte a las autoridades locales, al servicio de recogida y eliminación de residuos de su zona o pregunte en la tienda donde adquirió el producto.
ξλληνικά (Greek) - Στοιχεία περιβαλλοντικής προστασίας για πελάτες εντός της
Ευρωπαϊκής Ένωσης
Η Κοινοτική Οδηγία 2002/96/EC απαιτεί ότι ο εξοπλισμός ο οποίος φέρει αυτό το σύμβολο στο
προϊόν και/ή στη συσκευασία του δεν πρέπει να απορρίπτεται μαζί με τα μικτά κοινοτικά
απορρίμματα. Το σύμβολο υποδεικνύει ότι αυτό το προϊόν θα πρέπει να απορρίπτεται
ξεχωριστά από τα συνήθη οικιακά απορρίμματα. Είστε υπεύθυνος για την απόρριψη του
παρόντος και άλλου ηλεκτρικού και ηλεκτρονικού εξοπλισμού μέσω των καθορισμένων
εγκαταστάσεων συγκέντρωσης απορριμμάτων οι οποίες παρέχονται από το κράτος ή τις
αρμόδιες τοπικές αρχές. Η σωστή απόρριψη και ανακύκλωση συμβάλλει στην πρόληψη
πιθανών αρνητικών συνεπειών για το περιβάλλον και την υγεία. Για περισσότερες
πληροφορίες σχετικά με την απόρριψη του παλιού σας εξοπλισμού, παρακαλώ επικοινωνήστε
με τις τοπικές αρχές, τις υπηρεσίες απόρριψης ή το κατάστημα από το οποίο αγοράσατε το
προϊόν.
Français (French) - Informations environnementales pour les clients de l’Union européenne
La directive européenne 2002/96/CE exige que l’équipement sur lequel est apposé ce symbole sur le produit et/ou son emballage ne soit pas jeté avec les autres ordures ménagères. Ce symbole indique que le produit doit être éliminé dans un circuit distinct de celui pour les déchets des ménages. Il est de votre responsabilité de jeter ce matériel ainsi que tout autre matériel électrique ou électronique par les moyens de collecte indiqués par le gouvernement et les pouvoirs publics des collectivités territoriales. L’élimination et le recyclage en bonne et due forme ont pour but de lutter contre l’impact néfaste potentiel de ce type de produits sur l’environnement et la santé publique. Pour plus d’informations sur le mode d’élimination de
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 10
Regulatory Information
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste
votre ancien équipement, veuillez prendre contact avec les pouvoirs publics locaux, le service de traitement des déchets, ou l’endroit où vous avez acheté le produit.
Italiano (Italian) - Informazioni relative all’ambiente per i clienti residenti nell’Unione
Europea
La direttiva europea 2002/96/EC richiede che le apparecchiature contrassegnate con questo simbolo sul prodotto e/o sull’imballaggio non siano smaltite insieme ai rifiuti urbani non differenziati. Il simbolo indica che questo prodotto non deve essere smaltito insieme ai normali rifiuti domestici. È responsabilità del proprietario smaltire sia questi prodotti sia le altre apparecchiature elettriche ed elettroniche mediante le specifiche strutture di raccolta indicate dal governo o dagli enti pubblici locali. Il corretto smaltimento ed il riciclaggio aiuteranno a prevenire conseguenze potenzialmente negative per l’ambiente e per la salute dell’essere umano. Per ricevere informazioni più dettagliate circa lo smaltimento delle vecchie apparecchiature in Vostro possesso, Vi invitiamo a contattare gli enti pubblici di competenza, il servizio di smaltimento rifiuti o il negozio nel quale avete acquistato il prodotto.
Latviešu valoda (Latvian) - Ekoloģiska informācija klientiem Eiropas Savienības jurisdikcijā
Direktīvā 2002/96/EK ir prasība, ka aprīkojumu, kam pievienota zīme uz paša izstrādājuma vai uz tā iesaiņojuma, nedrīkst izmest nešķirotā veidā kopā ar komunālajiem atkritumiem (tiem, ko rada vietēji iedzīvotāji un uzņēmumi). Šī zīme nozīmē to, ka šī ierīce ir jāizmet atkritumos tā, lai tā nenonāktu kopā ar parastiem mājsaimniecības atkritumiem. Jūsu pienākums ir šo un citas elektriskas un elektroniskas ierīces izmest atkritumos, izmantojot īpašus atkritumu savākšanas veidus un līdzekļus, ko nodrošina valsts un pašvaldību iestādes. Ja izmešana atkritumos un pārstrāde tiek veikta pareizi, tad mazinās iespējamais kaitējums dabai un cilvēku veselībai. Sīkākas ziņas par novecojuša aprīkojuma izmešanu atkritumos jūs varat saņemt vietējā pašvaldībā, atkritumu savākšanas dienestā, kā arī veikalā, kur iegādājāties šo izstrādājumu.
Lietuvškai (Lithuanian) - Aplinkosaugos informacija, skirta Europos Sąjungos vartotojams
Europos direktyva 2002/96/EC numato, kad įrangos, kuri ir kurios pakuotė yra pažymėta šiuo simboliu
(įveskite simbolį), negalima šalinti kartu su nerūšiuotomis komunalinėmis atliekomis. Šis simbolis rodo, kad gaminį reikia šalinti atskirai nuo bendro buitinių atliekų srauto. Jūs privalote užtikrinti, kad ši ir kita elektros ar elektroninė įranga būtų šalinama per tam tikras nacionalinės ar vietinės valdžios nustatytas atliekų rinkimo sistemas. Tinkamai šalinant ir perdirbant atliekas, bus išvengta galimos žalos aplinkai ir žmonių sveikatai. Daugiau informacijos apie jūsų senos įrangos šalinimą gali pateikti vietinės valdžios institucijos, atliekų šalinimo tarnybos arba parduotuvės, kuriose įsigijote tą gaminį.
Malti (Maltese) - Informazzjoni Ambjentali ghal Klijenti fl-Unjoni Ewropea
Id-Direttiva Ewropea 2002/96/KE titlob li t-taghmir li jkun fih is-simbolu fuq il-prodott u/jew fuq l-ippakkjar ma jistax jintrema ma’ skart municipali li ma giex isseparat. Is-simbolu jindika li dan il-prodott ghandu jintrema separatament minn ma’ l-iskart domestiku regolari. Hija responsabbiltà tieghek li tarmi dan it-taghmir u kull taghmir iehor ta’ l-elettriku u elettroniku permezz ta’ facilitajiet ta’ gbir appuntati apposta mill-gvern jew mill-awtoritajiet lokali. Ir-rimi b’mod korrett u r-riciklagg jghin jipprevjeni konsegwenzi negattivi potenzjali ghall-ambjent u ghas-sahha tal-bniedem. Ghal aktar informazzjoni dettaljata dwar ir-rimi tat-taghmir antik tieghek, jekk joghgbok ikkuntattja lill-awtoritajiet lokali tieghek, is-servizzi ghar-rimi ta’ l-iskart, jew il-hanut minn fejn xtrajt il-prodott.
Magyar (Hungarian) - Környezetvédelmi információ az európai uniós vásárlók számára
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 11
Regulatory Information
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste
A 2002/96/EC számú európai uniós irányelv megkívánja, hogy azokat a termékeket, amelyeken,
és/vagy amelyek csomagolásán az alábbi címke megjelenik, tilos a többi szelektálatlan lakossági hulladékkal együtt kidobni. A címke azt jelöli, hogy az adott termék kidobásakor a szokványos háztartási hulladékelszállítási rendszerektõl elkülönített eljárást kell alkalmazni. Az
Ön felelõssége, hogy ezt, és más elektromos és elektronikus berendezéseit a kormányzati vagy a helyi hatóságok által kijelölt gyûjtõredszereken keresztül számolja fel. A megfelelõ hulladékfeldolgozás segít a környezetre és az emberi egészségre potenciálisan ártalmas negatív hatások megelõzésében. Ha elavult berendezéseinek felszámolásához további részletes információra van szüksége, kérjük, lépjen kapcsolatba a helyi hatóságokkal, a hulladékfeldolgozási szolgálattal, vagy azzal üzlettel, ahol a terméket vásárolta.
Nederlands (Dutch) - Milieu-informatie voor klanten in de Europese Unie
De Europese Richtlijn 2002/96/EC schrijft voor dat apparatuur die is voorzien van dit symbool op het product of de verpakking, niet mag worden ingezameld met niet-gescheiden huishoudelijk afval. Dit symbool geeft aan dat het product apart moet worden ingezameld. U bent zelf verantwoordelijk voor de vernietiging van deze en andere elektrische en elektronische apparatuur via de daarvoor door de landelijke of plaatselijke overheid aangewezen inzamelingskanalen. De juiste vernietiging en recycling van deze apparatuur voorkomt mogelijke negatieve gevolgen voor het milieu en de gezondheid. Voor meer informatie over het vernietigen van uw oude apparatuur neemt u contact op met de plaatselijke autoriteiten of afvalverwerkingsdienst, of met de winkel waar u het product hebt aangeschaft.
Norsk (Norwegian) - Miljøinformasjon for kunder i EU
EU-direktiv 2002/96/EF krever at utstyr med følgende symbol avbildet på produktet og/eller pakningen, ikke må kastes sammen med usortert avfall. Symbolet indikerer at dette produktet skal håndteres atskilt fra ordinær avfallsinnsamling for husholdningsavfall. Det er ditt ansvar å kvitte deg med dette produktet og annet elektrisk og elektronisk avfall via egne innsamlingsordninger slik myndighetene eller kommunene bestemmer. Korrekt avfallshåndtering og gjenvinning vil være med på å forhindre mulige negative konsekvenser for miljø og helse. For nærmere informasjon om håndtering av det kasserte utstyret ditt, kan du ta kontakt med kommunen, en innsamlingsstasjon for avfall eller butikken der du kjøpte produktet.
Polski (Polish) - Informacja dla klientów w Unii Europejskiej o przepisach dotyczących ochrony środowiska
Dyrektywa Europejska 2002/96/EC wymaga, aby sprzęt oznaczony symbolem znajdującym się na produkcie i/lub jego opakowaniu nie był wyrzucany razem z innymi niesortowanymi odpadami komunalnymi. Symbol ten wskazuje, że produkt nie powinien być usuwany razem ze zwykłymi odpadami z gospodarstw domowych. Na Państwu spoczywa obowiązek wyrzucania tego i innych urządzeń elektrycznych oraz elektronicznych w punktach odbioru wyznaczonych przez władze krajowe lub lokalne. Pozbywanie się sprzętu we właściwy sposób i jego recykling pomogą zapobiec potencjalnie negatywnym konsekwencjom dla środowiska i zdrowia ludzkiego. W celu uzyskania szczegółowych informacji o usuwaniu starego sprzętu, prosimy zwrócić się do lokalnych władz, służb oczyszczania miasta lub sklepu, w którym produkt został nabyty.
Português (Portuguese) - Informação ambiental para clientes da União Europeia
A Directiva Europeia 2002/96/CE exige que o equipamento que exibe este símbolo no produto e/ou na sua embalagem não seja eliminado junto com os resíduos municipais não separados. O
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 12
Regulatory Information
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste
símbolo indica que este produto deve ser eliminado separadamente dos resíduos domésticos regulares. É da sua responsabilidade eliminar este e qualquer outro equipamento eléctrico e electrónico através das instalações de recolha designadas pelas autoridades governamentais ou locais. A eliminação e reciclagem correctas ajudarão a prevenir as consequências negativas para o ambiente e para a saúde humana. Para obter informações mais detalhadas sobre a forma de eliminar o seu equipamento antigo, contacte as autoridades locais, os serviços de eliminação de resíduos ou o estabelecimento comercial onde adquiriu o produto.
Română (Romanian) - Informaţii de mediu pentru clienţii din Uniunea Europeană
Directiva europeană 2002/96/CE impune ca echipamentele care prezintă acest simbol pe produs şi/sau pe ambalajul acestuia să nu fie casate împreună cu gunoiul menajer municipal. Simbolul indică faptul că acest produs trebuie să fie casat separat de gunoiul menajer obişnuit. Este responsabilitatea dvs. să casaţi acest produs şi alte echipamente electrice şi electronice prin intermediul unităţilor de colectare special desemnate de guvern sau de autorităţile locale. Casarea şi reciclarea corecte vor ajuta la prevenirea potenţialelor consecinţe negative asupra sănătăţii mediului şi a oamenilor. Pentru mai multe informaţii detaliate cu privire la casarea acestui echipament vechi, contactaţi autorităţile locale, serviciul de salubrizare sau magazinul de la care aţi achiziţionat produsul.
Slovenčina (Slovak) - Informácie o ochrane životného prostredia pre zákazníkov v Európskej únii
Podľa európskej smernice 2002/96/ES zariadenie s týmto symbolom na produkte a/alebo jeho balení nesmie byť likvidované spolu s netriedeným komunálnym odpadom. Symbol znamená, že produkt by sa mal likvidovať oddelene od bežného odpadu z domácností. Je vašou povinnosťou likvidovať toto i ostatné elektrické a elektronické zariadenia prostredníctvom špecializovaných zberných zariadení určených vládou alebo miestnymi orgánmi. Správna likvidácia a recyklácia pomôže zabrániť prípadným negatívnym dopadom na životné prostredie a zdravie ľudí. Ak máte záujem o podrobnejšie informácie o likvidácii starého zariadenia, obráťte sa, prosím, na miestne orgány, organizácie zaoberajúce sa likvidáciou odpadov alebo obchod, v ktorom ste si produkt zakúpili.
Slovenèina (Slovene) - Okoljske informacije za stranke v Evropski uniji
Evropska direktiva 2002/96/EC prepoveduje odlaganje opreme, oznaèene s tem simbolom – na izdelku in/ali na embala_i – med obièajne, nerazvršèene odpadke. Ta simbol opozarja, da je treba izdelek odvreèi loèeno od preostalih gospodinjskih odpadkov. Vaša odgovornost je, da to in preostalo elektrièno in elektronsko opremo odnesete na posebna zbirališèa, ki jih doloèijo dr_avne ustanove ali lokalna uprava. S pravilnim odlaganjem in recikliranjem boste prepreèili morebitne škodljive vplive na okolje in zdravje ljudi. Èe _elite izvedeti veè o odlaganju stare opreme, se obrnite na lokalno upravo, odpad ali trgovino, kjer ste izdelek kupili.
Suomi (Finnish) - Ympäristöä koskevia tietoja EU-alueen asiakkaille
EU-direktiivi 2002/96/EY edellyttää, että jos laitteistossa on tämä symboli itse tuotteessa ja/tai sen pakkauksessa, laitteistoa ei saa hävittää lajittelemattoman yhdyskuntajätteen mukana.
Symboli merkitsee sitä, että tämä tuote on hävitettävä erillään tavallisesta kotitalousjätteestä.
Sinun vastuullasi on hävittää tämä elektroniikkatuote ja muut vastaavat elektroniikkatuotteet viemällä tuote tai tuotteet viranomaisten määräämään keräyspisteeseen. Laitteiston oikea hävittäminen estää mahdolliset kielteiset vaikutukset ympäristöön ja ihmisten terveyteen.
Lisätietoja vanhan laitteiston oikeasta hävitystavasta saa paikallisilta viranomaisilta, jätteenhävityspalvelusta tai siitä myymälästä, josta ostit tuotteen.
Svenska (Swedish) - Miljöinformation för kunder i Europeiska unionen
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 13
Regulatory Information
User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste
Det europeiska direktivet 2002/96/EC kräver att utrustning med denna symbol på produkten och/eller förpackningen inte får kastas med osorterat kommunalt avfall. Symbolen visar att denna produkt bör kastas efter att den avskiljts från vanligt hushållsavfall. Det faller på ditt ansvar att kasta denna och annan elektrisk och elektronisk utrustning på fastställda insamlingsplatser utsedda av regeringen eller lokala myndigheter. Korrekt kassering och
återvinning skyddar mot eventuella negativa konsekvenser för miljön och personhälsa. För mer detaljerad information om kassering av din gamla utrustning kontaktar du dina lokala myndigheter, avfallshanteringen eller butiken där du köpte produkten.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 14
D
Safety Information
Meaning of the Warning Symbol
Safety Information
Meaning of the Warning Symbol
IMPORTANT SAFETY INSTRUCTIONS
This warning symbol means danger. This symbol is used to indicate a situation that could cause bodily injury. Before you work on any equipment, be aware of the hazards involved with electrical circuitry and be familiar with standard practices for preventing accidents.
General Safety Information
WARNING: Work During Lightning Activity
Do not work on the system or connect or disconnect cables during periods of lightning
WARNING: Installation Instructions
Read the installation instructions before connecting the system to the power source
WARNING: SELV Circuit
To avoid electric shock, do not connect safety extra-low voltage
(SELV) circuits to telephone-network voltage (TNV) circuits. LAN ports contain SELV circuits, and WAN ports contain TNV circuits.
Some LAN and WAN ports both use RJ-45 connectors. Use caution when connecting cables.
WARNING: Equipment Installation
Only trained and qualified personnel should be allowed to install, replace, or service this equipment.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 15
Safety Information
Power Safety Information
WARNING: Local National Electrical Codes
Installation of the equipment must comply with local and national electrical codes.
WARNING: Product Disposal
Ultimate disposal of this product should be handled according to all national laws and regulations.
Power Safety Information
WARNING: TN Power
The device is designed to work with TN power systems.
WARNING: Warning Ground Conductor Warning
Never defeat the ground conductor or operate the equipment in the absence of a suitably installed ground conductor. Contact the appropriate electrical inspection authority or an electrician if you are uncertain that suitable grounding is available.
WARNING: Power Supply Installation Warning
The power supply must be placed indoors.
WARNING: Circuit Breaker
This product relies on the building’s installation for short-circuit
(overcurrent) protection. Ensure that the protective device is rated not greater than: 120 VAC, 15A U.S. (240 VAC, 10A international)
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 16
Safety Information
Power Safety Information
WARNING: Warning Main Disconnecting Device
The plug-socket combination must be accessible at all times, because it serves as the main disconnecting device.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 17
E
Software License Agreement
Software in Linksys Products:
Software License Agreement
Software in Linksys Products:
This product from Cisco-Linksys LLC or from one of its affiliates Cisco Systems-Linksys (Asia) Pte
Ltd. or Cisco-Linksys K.K. ("Linksys") contains software (including firmware) originating from
Linksys and its suppliers and may also contain software from the open source community. Any software originating from Linksys and its suppliers is licensed under the Linksys Software
License Agreement contained at Schedule 1 below. You may also be prompted to review and accept that Linksys Software License Agreement upon installation of the software.
Any software from the open source community is licensed under the specific license terms applicable to that software made available by Linksys at www.linksys.com/gpl
or as provided for in Schedules 2 and 3 below.
Where such specific license terms entitle you to the source code of such software, that source code is upon request available at cost from Linksys for at least three years from the purchase date of this product and may also be available for download from www.linksys.com/gpl
. For detailed license terms and additional information on open source software in Linksys products please look at the Linksys public web site at: www.linksys.com/gpl
/ or Schedule 2 below as applicable.
BY DOWNLOADING OR INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE, OR USING THE PRODUCT CONTAINING
THE SOFTWARE, YOU ARE CONSENTING TO BE BOUND BY THE SOFTWARE LICENSE
AGREEMENTS BELOW. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ALL OF THESE TERMS, THEN YOU MAY NOT
DOWNLOAD, INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE. YOU MAY RETURN UNUSED SOFTWARE (OR, IF
THE SOFTWARE IS SUPPLIED AS PART OF ANOTHER PRODUCT, THE UNUSED PRODUCT) FOR A
FULL REFUND UP TO 30 DAYS AFTER ORIGINAL PURCHASE, SUBJECT TO THE RETURN PROCESS
AND POLICIES OF THE PARTY FROM WHICH YOU PURCHASED SUCH PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE.
Software Licenses:
The software Licenses applicable to software from Linksys are made available at the Linksys public web site at: www.linksys.com and www.linksys.com/gpl
/ respectively. For your convenience of reference, a copy of the Linksys Software License Agreement and the main open source code licenses used by Linksys in its products are contained in the Schedules below.
Schedule 1 Linksys Software License Agreement
THIS LICENSE AGREEMENT IS BETWEEN YOU AND CISCO-LINKSYS LLC OR ONE OF ITS
AFFILIATES CISCO SYSTEMS-LINKSYS (ASIA) PTE LTD. OR CISCO-LINKSYS K.K. ("LINKSYS")
LICENSING THE SOFTWARE INSTEAD OF CISCO-LINKSYS LLC. BY DOWNLOADING OR
INSTALLING THE SOFTWARE, OR USING THE PRODUCT CONTAINING THE SOFTWARE, YOU ARE
CONSENTING TO BE BOUND BY THIS AGREEMENT. IF YOU DO NOT AGREE TO ALL OF THESE
TERMS, THEN YOU MAY NOT DOWNLOAD, INSTALL OR USE THE SOFTWARE. YOU MAY RETURN
UNUSED SOFTWARE (OR, IF THE SOFTWARE IS SUPPLIED AS PART OF ANOTHER PRODUCT, THE
UNUSED PRODUCT) FOR A FULL REFUND UP TO 30 DAYS AFTER ORIGINAL PURCHASE, SUBJECT
TO THE RETURN PROCESS AND POLICIES OF THE PARTY FROM WHICH YOU PURCHASED SUCH
PRODUCT OR SOFTWARE.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 18
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
License. Subject to the terms and conditions of this Agreement, Linksys grants the original end user purchaser of the Linksys product containing the Software ("You") a nonexclusive license to use the Software solely as embedded in or (where authorized in the applicable documentation) for communication with such product. This license may not be sublicensed, and is not transferable except to a person or entity to which you transfer ownership of the complete
Linksys product containing the Software, provided you permanently transfer all rights under this Agreement and do not retain any full or partial copies of the Software, and the recipient agrees to the terms of this Agreement.
"Software" includes, and this Agreement will apply to (a) the software of Linksys or its suppliers provided in or with the applicable Linksys product, and (b) any upgrades, updates, bug fixes or modified versions ("Upgrades") or backup copies of the Software supplied to You by Linksys or an authorized reseller, provided you already hold a valid license to the original software and have paid any applicable fee for the Upgrade.
Protection of Information. The Software and documentation contain trade secrets and/or copyrighted materials of Linksys or its suppliers. You will not copy or modify the Software or decompile, decrypt, reverse engineer or disassemble the Software (except to the extent expressly permitted by law notwithstanding this provision), and You will not disclose or make available such trade secrets or copyrighted material in any form to any third party. Title to and ownership of the Software and documentation and any portion thereof, will remain solely with
Linksys or its suppliers.
Collection and Processing of Information. You agree that Linksys and/or its affiliates may, from time to time, collect and process information about your Linksys product and/or the
Software and/or your use of either in order (i) to enable Linksys to offer you Upgrades; (ii) to ensure that your Linksys product and/or the Software is being used in accordance with the terms of this Agreement; (iii) to provide improvements to the way Linksys delivers technology to you and to other Linksys customers; (iv) to enable Linksys to comply with the terms of any agreements it has with any third parties regarding your Linksys product and/or Software and/ or (v) to enable Linksys to comply with all applicable laws and/or regulations, or the requirements of any regulatory authority or government agency. Linksys and/ or its affiliates may collect and process this information provided that it does not identify you personally. Your use of your Linksys product and/or the Software constitutes this consent by you to Linksys and/ or its affiliates' collection and use of such information and, for EEA customers, to the transfer of such information to a location outside the EEA.
Software Upgrades etc. If the Software enables you to receive Upgrades, you may elect at any time to receive these Upgrades either automatically or manually. If you elect to receive
Upgrades manually or you otherwise elect not to receive or be notified of any Upgrades, you may expose your Linksys product and/or the Software to serious security threats and/or some features within your Linksys product and/or Software may become inaccessible. There may be circumstances where we apply an Upgrade automatically in order to comply with changes in legislation, legal or regulatory requirements or as a result of requirements to comply with the terms of any agreements Linksys has with any third parties regarding your Linksys product and/ or the Software. You will always be notified of any Upgrades being delivered to you. The terms of this license will apply to any such Upgrade unless the Upgrade in question is accompanied by a separate license, in which event the terms of that license will apply.
Open Source Software. The GPL or other open source code incorporated into the Software and the open source license for such source code are available for free download at http:// www.linksys.com/gpl
. If You would like a copy of the GPL or other open source code in this
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 19
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
Software on a CD, Linksys will mail to You a CD with such code for $9.99 plus the cost of shipping, upon request.
Term and Termination. You may terminate this License at any time by destroying all copies of the Software and documentation. Your rights under this License will terminate immediately without notice from Linksys if You fail to comply with any provision of this Agreement.
Limited Warranty. The warranty terms and period specified in the applicable Linksys Product
User Guide shall also apply to the Software.
Disclaimer of Liabilities. IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS OR ITS SUPPLIERS BE LIABLE FOR ANY
LOST DATA, REVENUE OR PROFIT, OR FOR SPECIAL, INDIRECT, CONSEQUENTIAL, INCIDENTAL OR
PUNITIVE DAMAGES, REGARDLESS OF CAUSE (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE), ARISING OUT OF OR
RELATED TO THE USE OF OR INABILITY TO USE THE SOFTWARE, EVEN IF LINKSYS HAS BEEN
ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES. IN NO EVENT WILL LINKSYS' LIABILITY
EXCEED THE AMOUNT PAID BY YOU FOR THE PRODUCT. The foregoing limitations will apply even if any warranty or remedy under this Agreement fails of its essential purpose. Some jurisdictions do not allow the exclusion or limitation of incidental or consequential damages, so the above limitation or exclusion may not apply to You.
Export. Software, including technical data, may be subject to U.S. export control laws and regulations and/or export or import regulations in other countries. You agree to comply strictly with all such laws and regulations.
U.S. Government Users. The Software and documentation qualify as "commercial items" as defined at 48 C.F.R. 2.101 and 48 C.F.R. 12.212. All Government users acquire the Software and documentation with only those rights herein that apply to non-governmental customers.
General Terms. This Agreement will be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the State of California, without reference to conflict of laws principles. The United
Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods will not apply. If any portion of this Agreement is found to be void or unenforceable, the remaining provisions will remain in full force and effect. This Agreement constitutes the entire agreement between the parties with respect to the Software and supersedes any conflicting or additional terms contained in any purchase order or elsewhere.
END OF SCHEDULE 1
Schedule 2
If this Linksys product contains open source software licensed under Version 2 of the "GNU
General Public License" then the license terms below in this Schedule 2 will apply to that open source software. The license terms below in this Schedule 2 are from the public web site at http://www.gnu.org/copyleft/gpl.html
________________________________________
GNU GENERAL PUBLIC LICENSE
Version 2, June 1991
Copyright (C) 1989, 1991 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 20
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
51 Franklin Street, Fifth Floor, Boston, MA 02110-1301, USA
Everyone is permitted to copy and distribute verbatim copies of this license document, but changing it is not allowed.
Preamble
The licenses for most software are designed to take away your freedom to share and change it.
By contrast, the GNU General Public License is intended to guarantee your freedom to share and change free software--to make sure the software is free for all its users. This General Public
License applies to most of the Free Software Foundation's software and to any other program whose authors commit to using it. (Some other Free Software Foundation software is covered by the GNU Lesser General Public License instead.) You can apply it to your programs, too.
When we speak of free software, we are referring to freedom, not price. Our General Public
Licenses are designed to make sure that you have the freedom to distribute copies of free software (and charge for this service if you wish), that you receive source code or can get it if you want it, that you can change the software or use pieces of it in new free programs; and that you know you can do these things.
To protect your rights, we need to make restrictions that forbid anyone to deny you these rights or to ask you to surrender the rights. These restrictions translate to certain responsibilities for you if you distribute copies of the software, or if you modify it.
For example, if you distribute copies of such a program, whether gratis or for a fee, you must give the recipients all the rights that you have. You must make sure that they, too, receive or can get the source code. And you must show them these terms so they know their rights.
We protect your rights with two steps: (1) copyright the software, and (2) offer you this license which gives you legal permission to copy, distribute and/or modify the software.
Also, for each author's protection and ours, we want to make certain that everyone understands that there is no warranty for this free software. If the software is modified by someone else and passed on, we want its recipients to know that what they have is not the original, so that any problems introduced by others will not reflect on the original authors' reputations.
Finally, any free program is threatened constantly by software patents. We wish to avoid the danger that redistributors of a free program will individually obtain patent licenses, in effect making the program proprietary. To prevent this, we have made it clear that any patent must be licensed for everyone's free use or not licensed at all.
The precise terms and conditions for copying, distribution and modification follow.
TERMS AND CONDITIONS FOR COPYING, DISTRIBUTION AND MODIFICATION
0. This License applies to any program or other work which contains a notice placed by the copyright holder saying it may be distributed under the terms of this General Public License.
The "Program", below, refers to any such program or work, and a "work based on the Program" means either the Program or any derivative work under copyright law: that is to say, a work containing the Program or a portion of it, either verbatim or with modifications and/or translated into another language. (Hereinafter, translation is included without limitation in the term "modification".) Each licensee is addressed as "you".
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 21
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
Activities other than copying, distribution and modification are not covered by this License; they are outside its scope. The act of running the Program is not restricted, and the output from the Program is covered only if its contents constitute a work based on the Program
(independent of having been made by running the Program). Whether that is true depends on what the Program does.
1. You may copy and distribute verbatim copies of the Program's source code as you receive it, in any medium, provided that you conspicuously and appropriately publish on each copy an appropriate copyright notice and disclaimer of warranty; keep intact all the notices that refer to this License and to the absence of any warranty; and give any other recipients of the Program a copy of this License along with the Program.
You may charge a fee for the physical act of transferring a copy, and you may at your option offer warranty protection in exchange for a fee.
2. You may modify your copy or copies of the Program or any portion of it, thus forming a work based on the Program, and copy and distribute such modifications or work under the terms of
Section 1 above, provided that you also meet all of these conditions: a) You must cause the modified files to carry prominent notices stating that you changed the files and the date of any change. b) You must cause any work that you distribute or publish, that in whole or in part contains or is derived from the Program or any part thereof, to be licensed as a whole at no charge to all third parties under the terms of this License. c) If the modified program normally reads commands interactively when run, you must cause it, when started running for such interactive use in the most ordinary way, to print or display an announcement including an appropriate copyright notice and a notice that there is no warranty (or else, saying that you provide a warranty) and that users may redistribute the program under these conditions, and telling the user how to view a copy of this License. (Exception: if the Program itself is interactive but does not normally print such an announcement, your work based on the Program is not required to print an announcement.)
These requirements apply to the modified work as a whole. If identifiable sections of that work are not derived from the Program, and can be reasonably considered independent and separate works in themselves, then this License, and its terms, do not apply to those sections when you distribute them as separate works. But when you distribute the same sections as part of a whole which is a work based on the Program, the distribution of the whole must be on the terms of this License, whose permissions for other licensees extend to the entire whole, and thus to each and every part regardless of who wrote it.
Thus, it is not the intent of this section to claim rights or contest your rights to work written entirely by you; rather, the intent is to exercise the right to control the distribution of derivative or collective works based on the Program.
In addition, mere aggregation of another work not based on the Program with the Program (or with a work based on the Program) on a volume of a storage or distribution medium does not bring the other work under the scope of this License.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 22
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
3. You may copy and distribute the Program (or a work based on it, under Section 2) in object code or executable form under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above provided that you also do one of the following: a) Accompany it with the complete corresponding machine-readable source code, which must be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, b) Accompany it with a written offer, valid for at least three years, to give any third party, for a charge no more than your cost of physically performing source distribution, a complete machine-readable copy of the corresponding source code, to be distributed under the terms of Sections 1 and 2 above on a medium customarily used for software interchange; or, c) Accompany it with the information you received as to the offer to distribute corresponding source code. (This alternative is allowed only for noncommercial distribution and only if you received the program in object code or executable form with such an offer, in accord with Subsection b above.)
The source code for a work means the preferred form of the work for making modifications to it.
For an executable work, complete source code means all the source code for all modules it contains, plus any associated interface definition files, plus the scripts used to control compilation and installation of the executable. However, as a special exception, the source code distributed need not include anything that is normally distributed (in either source or binary form) with the major components (compiler, kernel, and so on) of the operating system on which the executable runs, unless that component itself accompanies the executable.
If distribution of executable or object code is made by offering access to copy from a designated place, then offering equivalent access to copy the source code from the same place counts as distribution of the source code, even though third parties are not compelled to copy the source along with the object code.
4. You may not copy, modify, sublicense, or distribute the Program except as expressly provided under this License. Any attempt otherwise to copy, modify, sublicense or distribute the
Program is void, and will automatically terminate your rights under this License. However, parties who have received copies, or rights, from you under this License will not have their licenses terminated so long as such parties remain in full compliance.
5. You are not required to accept this License, since you have not signed it. However, nothing else grants you permission to modify or distribute the Program or its derivative works. These actions are prohibited by law if you do not accept this License. Therefore, by modifying or distributing the Program (or any work based on the Program), you indicate your acceptance of this License to do so, and all its terms and conditions for copying, distributing or modifying the
Program or works based on it.
6. Each time you redistribute the Program (or any work based on the Program), the recipient automatically receives a license from the original licensor to copy, distribute or modify the
Program subject to these terms and conditions. You may not impose any further restrictions on the recipients' exercise of the rights granted herein. You are not responsible for enforcing compliance by third parties to this License.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 23
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
7. If, as a consequence of a court judgment or allegation of patent infringement or for any other reason (not limited to patent issues), conditions are imposed on you (whether by court order, agreement or otherwise) that contradict the conditions of this License, they do not excuse you from the conditions of this License. If you cannot distribute so as to satisfy simultaneously your obligations under this License and any other pertinent obligations, then as a consequence you may not distribute the Program at all. For example, if a patent license would not permit royaltyfree redistribution of the Program by all those who receive copies directly or indirectly through you, then the only way you could satisfy both it and this License would be to refrain entirely from distribution of the Program.
If any portion of this section is held invalid or unenforceable under any particular circumstance, the balance of the section is intended to apply and the section as a whole is intended to apply in other circumstances.
It is not the purpose of this section to induce you to infringe any patents or other property right claims or to contest validity of any such claims; this section has the sole purpose of protecting the integrity of the free software distribution system, which is implemented by public license practices. Many people have made generous contributions to the wide range of software distributed through that system in reliance on consistent application of that system; it is up to the author/donor to decide if he or she is willing to distribute software through any other system and a licensee cannot impose that choice.
This section is intended to make thoroughly clear what is believed to be a consequence of the rest of this License.
8. If the distribution and/or use of the Program is restricted in certain countries either by patents or by copyrighted interfaces, the original copyright holder who places the Program under this License may add an explicit geographical distribution limitation excluding those countries, so that distribution is permitted only in or among countries not thus excluded. In such case, this License incorporates the limitation as if written in the body of this License.
9. The Free Software Foundation may publish revised and/or new versions of the General Public
License from time to time. Such new versions will be similar in spirit to the present version, but may differ in detail to address new problems or concerns.
Each version is given a distinguishing version number. If the Program specifies a version number of this License which applies to it and "any later version", you have the option of following the terms and conditions either of that version or of any later version published by the Free Software Foundation. If the Program does not specify a version number of this License, you may choose any version ever published by the Free Software Foundation.
10. If you wish to incorporate parts of the Program into other free programs whose distribution conditions are different, write to the author to ask for permission. For software which is copyrighted by the Free Software Foundation, write to the Free Software Foundation; we sometimes make exceptions for this. Our decision will be guided by the two goals of preserving the free status of all derivatives of our free software and of promoting the sharing and reuse of software generally.
NO WARRANTY
11. BECAUSE THE PROGRAM IS LICENSED FREE OF CHARGE, THERE IS NO WARRANTY FOR THE
PROGRAM, TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY APPLICABLE LAW. EXCEPT WHEN OTHERWISE
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 24
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
STATED IN WRITING THE COPYRIGHT HOLDERS AND/OR OTHER PARTIES PROVIDE THE
PROGRAM "AS IS" WITHOUT WARRANTY OF ANY KIND, EITHER EXPRESSED OR IMPLIED,
INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF MERCHANTABILITY AND
FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. THE ENTIRE RISK AS TO THE QUALITY AND
PERFORMANCE OF THE PROGRAM IS WITH YOU. SHOULD THE PROGRAM PROVE DEFECTIVE,
YOU ASSUME THE COST OF ALL NECESSARY SERVICING, REPAIR OR CORRECTION.
12. IN NO EVENT UNLESS REQUIRED BY APPLICABLE LAW OR AGREED TO IN WRITING WILL ANY
COPYRIGHT HOLDER, OR ANY OTHER PARTY WHO MAY MODIFY AND/OR REDISTRIBUTE THE
PROGRAM AS PERMITTED ABOVE, BE LIABLE TO YOU FOR DAMAGES, INCLUDING ANY
GENERAL, SPECIAL, INCIDENTAL OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THE USE OR
INABILITY TO USE THE PROGRAM (INCLUDING BUT NOT LIMITED TO LOSS OF DATA OR DATA
BEING RENDERED INACCURATE OR LOSSES SUSTAINED BY YOU OR THIRD PARTIES OR A FAILURE
OF THE PROGRAM TO OPERATE WITH ANY OTHER PROGRAMS), EVEN IF SUCH HOLDER OR
OTHER PARTY HAS BEEN ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGES.
END OF TERMS AND CONDITIONS
END OF SCHEDULE 2
Schedule 3
If this Linksys product contains open source software licensed under the OpenSSL license then the license terms below in this Schedule 3 will apply to that open source software. The license terms below in this Schedule 3 are from the public web site at http://www.openssl.org/source/ license.html
________________________________________
The OpenSSL toolkit stays under a dual license, i.e. both the conditions of the OpenSSL License and the original SSLeay license apply to the toolkit. See below for the actual license texts.
Actually both licenses are BSD-style Open Source licenses. In case of any license issues related to OpenSSL please contact [email protected].
OpenSSL License
---------------
/*
=================================================================
===
Copyright (c) 1998-2007 The OpenSSL Project. All rights reserved.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 25
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL
Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit. (http://www.openssl.org/)"
4. The names "OpenSSL Toolkit" and "OpenSSL Project" must not be used to endorse or promote products derived from this software without prior written permission. For written permission, please contact [email protected].
5. Products derived from this software may not be called "OpenSSL" nor may "OpenSSL" appear in their names without prior written permission of the OpenSSL Project.
6. Redistributions of any form whatsoever must retain the following acknowledgment: "This product includes software developed by the OpenSSL Project for use in the OpenSSL Toolkit
(http://www.openssl.org/)"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY THE OpenSSL PROJECT ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESSED OR
IMPLIED WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE OpenSSL PROJECT OR ITS CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT,
INCIDENTAL, SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT
LIMITED TO, PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR
PROFITS; OR BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY,
WHETHER IN CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE)
ARISING IN ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE
POSSIBILITY OF SUCH DAMAGE.
=================================================================
This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected]). This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected]).
Original SSLeay License
-----------------------
Copyright (C) 1995-1998 Eric Young ([email protected])
All rights reserved.
This package is an SSL implementation written by Eric Young ([email protected]).
The implementation was written so as to conform with Netscapes SSL.
This library is free for commercial and non-commercial use as long as the following conditions are aheared to. The following conditions apply to all code found in this distribution, be it the
RC4, RSA, lhash, DES, etc., code; not just the SSL code. The SSL documentation included with this distribution is covered by the same copyright terms except that the holder is Tim Hudson
Copyright remains Eric Young's, and as such any Copyright notices in the code are not to be removed.
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 26
Software License Agreement
Software Licenses:
If this package is used in a product, Eric Young should be given attribution as the author of the parts of the library used. This can be in the form of a textual message at program startup or in documentation (online or textual) provided with the package.
Redistribution and use in source and binary forms, with or without modification, are permitted provided that the following conditions are met:
1. Redistributions of source code must retain the copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer.
2. Redistributions in binary form must reproduce the above copyright notice, this list of conditions and the following disclaimer in the documentation and/or other materials provided with the distribution.
3. All advertising materials mentioning features or use of this software must display the following acknowledgement:
"This product includes cryptographic software written by Eric Young ([email protected])"
The word 'cryptographic' can be left out if the rouines from the library being used are not cryptographic related :-).
4. If you include any Windows specific code (or a derivative thereof ) from the apps directory
(application code) you must include an acknowledgement: "This product includes software written by Tim Hudson ([email protected])"
THIS SOFTWARE IS PROVIDED BY ERIC YOUNG ``AS IS'' AND ANY EXPRESS OR IMPLIED
WARRANTIES, INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO, THE IMPLIED WARRANTIES OF
MERCHANTABILITY AND FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE ARE DISCLAIMED. IN NO EVENT
SHALL THE AUTHOR OR CONTRIBUTORS BE LIABLE FOR ANY DIRECT, INDIRECT, INCIDENTAL,
SPECIAL, EXEMPLARY, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES (INCLUDING, BUT NOT LIMITED TO,
PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES; LOSS OF USE, DATA, OR PROFITS; OR
BUSINESS INTERRUPTION) HOWEVER CAUSED AND ON ANY THEORY OF LIABILITY, WHETHER IN
CONTRACT, STRICT LIABILITY, OR TORT (INCLUDING NEGLIGENCE OR OTHERWISE) ARISING IN
ANY WAY OUT OF THE USE OF THIS SOFTWARE, EVEN IF ADVISED OF THE POSSIBILITY OF SUCH
DAMAGE.
The licence and distribution terms for any publically available version or derivative of this code cannot be changed. i.e. this code cannot simply be copied and put under another distribution licence [including the GNU Public Licence.]
END OF SCHEDULE 3
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 27
Contacts
F
Contacts
For additional information or troubleshooting help, refer to the User Guide on the CD-ROM.
Additional support is also available by phone or online.
US/Canada Contacts
24-Hour Technical Support
866 606 1866
RMA (Return Merchandise Authorization) http://www.linksys.com/warranty
Website http://www.linksys.com
FTP Site
ftp://ftp.linksys.com
Support http://www.linksys.com/support
Sales Information
800-546-5797 (800-LINKSYS)
EU Contacts
Website http://www.linksys.com/international
Product Registration http://www.linksys.com/registration
Linksys ATA Administration Guide 28
080501NC-IH
advertisement
Key Features
- Analog phone connectivity
- IP network access
- Support for multiple voice codecs
- Call waiting, call forwarding, and conference calling
- Built-in router (for some models)
- QoS support (for some models)
- PSTN connectivity (for some models)
Frequently Answers and Questions
What is an Analog Telephone Adapter?
How do I connect my analog phone to my Linksys ATA device?
What are the different models of Linksys ATA devices?
What are the network connectivity requirements for Linksys ATA devices?
How can I configure my Linksys ATA device?
Related manuals
advertisement
Table of contents
- 8 About This Guide
- 8 Document Audience
- 8 Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
- 9 How This Document is Organized
- 10 Related Documentation
- 11 Finding Information in Your PDF Documents
- 11 Finding Text in a PDF
- 11 Finding Text in Multiple PDFs
- 12 Introducing Linksys Analog Telephone Adapters
- 13 Comparison of ATA Devices
- 15 Linksys ATA Connectivity Requirements
- 16 Linksys PAP2T Connectivity
- 16 Linksys SPA2102 Connectivity
- 17 Linksys SPA3102 Connectivity
- 18 Linksys SPA8000 Connectivity
- 19 ATA Software Features
- 19 Voice Supported Codecs
- 19 SIP Proxy Redundancy
- 20 Other Linksys ATA Software Features
- 24 Configuring Your Linksys ATA Device
- 24 Basic Services and Equipment Required
- 24 Downloading Firmware
- 25 Basic Installation and Configuration
- 25 Upgrading the Firmware for the Linksys ATA Device
- 26 Setting up Your Linksys ATA Device
- 27 Using the Web Configuration Utility
- 27 Connecting to the Web Configuration Utility
- 28 Setting Up the WAN Configuration for Your Linksys ATA Device
- 28 Registering to the Service Provider
- 29 Advanced Configurations
- 30 Upgrading, Rebooting, and Resyncing Your Linksys ATA Device
- 30 Upgrade URL
- 30 Resync URL
- 31 Reboot URL
- 31 Provisioning Your Linksys ATA
- 31 Provisioning Capabilities
- 31 Configuration Profile
- 33 Configuring Linksys ATA Features
- 33 Supported Codecs
- 34 Configuring a Dial Plan
- 34 Dial Plan Digit Sequences
- 35 Dial Plan Rules
- 37 Dial Plan Examples
- 38 Dial Plan Timers
- 38 Secure Call Implementation
- 38 Enabling Secure Calls
- 39 Secure Call Details
- 40 Using a Mini-Certificate
- 40 Generating a Mini-Certificate
- 42 Configuring a Streaming Audio Server
- 42 Music On Hold
- 42 Using a Streaming Audio Server
- 43 Using the IVR with an SAS Line
- 44 Example SAS with MOH
- 45 Configuring the Streaming Audio Server
- 45 Using a FAX Machine (SPA2102, SPA3102 or SPA8000)
- 46 Fax Troubleshooting
- 47 Network Address Translation
- 51 Managing Caller ID Service
- 52 Silence Suppression and Comfort Noise Generation
- 53 Configuring the PSTN (FXO) Gateway (AG310 and SPA3102)
- 53 Connecting to PSTN and VoIP Services
- 54 How VoIP-To-PSTN Calls Work
- 54 One-Stage Dialing
- 55 Two-Stage Dialing
- 56 How PSTN-To-VoIP Calls Work
- 56 Terminating Gateway Calls
- 57 VoIP Outbound Call Routing
- 58 Configuring VoIP Failover to PSTN
- 59 Sharing One VoIP Account Between the FXS and PSTN Lines
- 60 Other Options
- 60 PSTN Call to Ring Line 1
- 60 Symmetric RTP
- 60 Call Progress Tones
- 61 Call Scenarios
- 61 PSTN to VoIP Call with and Without Ring-Thru
- 62 VoIP to PSTN Call With and Without Authentication
- 64 Call Forwarding to PSTN Gateway
- 65 User Dialing 9 to Access PSTN-Gateway for Local Calls
- 65 Using the PSTN-Gateway for 311 and 911 Calls
- 66 Auto-Fallback to the PSTN-Gateway
- 67 Linksys ATA Routing Field Reference
- 67 Status Tab
- 67 Product Information
- 67 System Status
- 68 WAN Setup Tab
- 68 Internet Connection Settings
- 68 Static IP Settings
- 69 PPPoE Settings
- 69 Optional Settings
- 69 MAC Clone Settings
- 70 Remote Management
- 70 QOS Settings
- 70 VLAN Settings
- 70 LAN Setup Tab
- 70 Networking Service
- 70 LAN Networking Settings
- 71 Static DHCP Lease Settings
- 71 Application Tab
- 71 Port Forwarding Settings
- 71 DMZ Settings
- 72 Miscellaneous Settings
- 72 System Reserved Ports Range
- 73 Linksys ATA Voice Field Reference
- 73 Info Tab
- 74 Product Information
- 74 System Status
- 75 Line Status
- 76 System Information (PAP2T)
- 77 PSTN Line Status (AG310 and SPA3102)
- 79 System Tab
- 79 System Configuration
- 79 Internet Connection Type (PAP2T)
- 80 Optional Network Configuration (PAP2T)
- 80 Miscellaneous Settings (not used with PAP2T)
- 81 SIP Tab
- 81 SIP Parameters
- 82 SIP Timer Values (sec)
- 84 Response Status Code Handling
- 84 RTP Parameters
- 85 SDP Payload Types
- 86 NAT Support Parameters
- 88 Regional Tab
- 88 Call Progress Tones
- 90 Distinctive Ring Patterns
- 90 Distinctive Call Waiting Tone Patterns
- 91 Distinctive Ring/CWT Pattern Names
- 92 Ring and Call Waiting Tone Spec
- 92 Control Timer Values (sec)
- 93 Vertical Service Activation Codes
- 98 Vertical Service Announcement Codes (SPA2102)
- 98 Outbound Call Codec Selection Codes
- 99 Miscellaneous
- 102 Line Tab(s)
- 102 Line Enable
- 103 Streaming Audio Server (SAS)
- 103 Network Settings
- 104 NAT Settings
- 104 SIP Settings
- 106 Call Feature Settings
- 107 Proxy and Registration
- 108 Subscriber Information
- 108 Supplementary Service Subscription
- 111 Audio Configuration
- 114 Gateway Accounts (SPA3102/AG310)
- 114 VoIP Fallback to PSTN (SPA3102/AG310)
- 114 Dial Plan
- 115 FXS Port Polarity Configuration
- 116 PSTN Line Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
- 116 Line Enable
- 116 NAT Settings
- 117 Network Settings
- 117 SIP Settings
- 119 Proxy and Registration
- 120 Subscriber Information
- 121 Audio Configuration
- 123 Dial Plans
- 123 VoIP-To-PSTN Gateway Setup
- 124 VoIP Users and Passwords (HTTP Authentication)
- 125 Ring Settings
- 125 FXO (PSTN) Timer Values (sec)
- 127 PSTN Disconnect Detection
- 129 International Control (Settings)
- 131 User Tab(s)
- 131 Call Forward Settings
- 132 Selective Call Forward Settings
- 132 Speed Dial Settings
- 132 Supplementary Service Settings
- 133 Distinctive Ring Settings
- 134 Ring Settings
- 135 PSTN User Tab (AG310 and SPA3102)
- 135 PSTN-To-VoIP Selective Call Forward Settings
- 135 PSTN-To-VoIP Speed Dial Settings
- 135 PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Distinctive Ring Settings
- 135 PSTN Ring Thru Line 1 Ring Settings
- 136 Troubleshooting
- 136 Troubleshooting and Configuration FAQ
- 139 Environmental Specifications
- 139 PAP2T
- 139 SPA2102
- 140 SPA3102
- 140 SPA8000
- 141 RTP300
- 141 WRP400
- 142 WRTP54G
- 142 AG310
- 143 Warranty Information
- 143 Limited Warranty
- 143 Exclusions and Limitations
- 144 Obtaining Warranty Service
- 144 Technical Support
- 145 Regulatory Information
- 145 Federal Communications Commission Interference Statement
- 145 Industry Canada Statement
- 145 Règlement d’Industry Canada
- 146 EC Declaration of Conformity (Europe)
- 146 User Information for Consumer Products Covered by EU Directive 2002/96/EC on Waste Electric and Electronic Equipment (WEEE)
- 153 Safety Information
- 153 Meaning of the Warning Symbol
- 153 General Safety Information
- 154 Power Safety Information
- 156 Software License Agreement
- 156 Software in Linksys Products:
- 156 Software Licenses:
- 156 Schedule 1 Linksys Software License Agreement
- 158 Schedule 2
- 163 Schedule 3
- 166 Contacts